ANZ 2019 Annual Report
2019
ANNUAL REPORT
ANZ
Our success
depends on
improving the
financial wellbeing
of our customers
2019 performance snapshot 1
Our 2019 reporting suite 2
What matters most 3
Chairman’s message 4
CEO’s message 6
About our business 8
Our strategy 9
How we create value 10
Working with our stakeholders 12
Our operating environment 14
Becoming a fairer and more responsible bank 16
Our customers 17
Our divisions 21
Contents
Our people 24
Our community 28
Governance 32
Risk management 44
Performance overview 52
Five year summary 64
Remuneration Report 66
Directors’ Report 99
Financial Report 101
Shareholder information (unaudited) 220
Glossary 227
Important dates for shareholders 229
Contacts 230
An ANZ customer for 10 years, Brian has appreciated the bank’s
support through those times. “During the algae bloom in 2010
I went to ANZ and pleaded relief. We did not know when things
would pick up. I am grateful for ANZ sticking with us through
that time”.
Fast forward to 2019 and Brian’s business is once again facing
difficulties, this time as a result of the drought impacting much
of Australia.
“Oyster farming needs fresh water,” says Brian. “Famine on the land
means famine in the sea. The oysters have poor growth, it’s difficult
to maintain their condition and they’re harder to sell.”
Last year in response to the drought ANZ donated $500,000 to
the Financial Counselling Foundation for use by rural counselling
agencies working in drought affected communities.
Brian recently found himself seeking the assistance of one of
those agencies, reaching out to the Rural Financial Counselling
Services (Southern NSW ). The service, which is free, supports
rural businesses through ongoing drought, poor production or
anything else affecting their business and their life.
“When you’re doing it tough it’s all too hard, and the state you
are in does not always lead to rational decisions,” says Brian. “The
financial counsellor looks at you as a person, as well as a business.”
Brian looks forward to building up the business again, but he
doubts things will ever be as good as they were in 1985. “This
business is mostly about loving the lifestyle. People who want to
be on the water and love working outdoors in Australia’s oldest
aquaculture industry.”
Image: Brian Coxon
Brian and Heather Coxon established BJ & HD Coxon Oyster Farmers in 1985 –
a time when stocks were plentiful and business was booming. Since that time,
the business has faced some difficult times.
COVER STORY
Supporting drought
affected communities
in rural Australia
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
1.
On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in
statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist
readers in understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For
further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.
2.
Equals shareholders’ equity less preference share capital, goodwill, software and other
intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares.
3.
APRA Level 2.
4.
Measures representation at the Senior Manager, Executive and Senior Executive levels. Includes
all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (who are included in FTE).
5.
Figure includes forgone revenue of $109 million, being the cost of providing low or fee
free accounts to a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not for
profit organisations and students.
Cash return on equity
1
10 .9 %
funded and facilitated
in environmentally
sustainable solutions
$19.1b
CO
2
in community investment
5
$142.2m
160¢
Cash profit
1
6.5
b
$
$19 .59
Net tangible assets
per share
2
11.4 %
Common Equity
Tier 1 Capital
3
32.5%
of women in leadership
4
total shareholder
return
9.2%
of employees
volunteered
42.4 %
228¢
Cash earnings per share
1
>90,000
people have been reached
through our financial
wellbeing programs,
MoneyMinded and Saver Plus
$
Dividend for FY19
per share
since 2015
2019
performance
snapshot
1
2019 Annual Report
anz.com/annualreport
2019 Corporate Governance Statement
anz.com/corporategovernance
2019 ESG Supplement
anz.com/cs
2019 Climate-related Financial Disclosures
anz.com/shareholder/centre
Our 2019
reporting suite
1.
Group: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the year end and from time to time during the financial year (together, the Group).
2.
ESG content includes the following sections: 2019 Performance Snapshot, What Matters Most, Working with our stakeholders, Becoming a fairer and more responsible bank, Our Customers,
Our People, Our Community, Risk Management: Our approach to climate change and ESG metrics on page 65.
3.
The 2019 Annual Review is comprised of pages 1 to 65 and 229 to 230 of this Annual Report and a Remuneration Overview.
Additional information
We produce a suite of reports to meet the needs and requirements
of a wide range of stakeholders, including investors, customers,
employees, regulators, non-government organisations and the
community.
Our 2019 Corporate Governance Statement discloses how we have
complied with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s ‘Corporate
Governance Principles and Recommendations – 3rd edition’ is
available at anz.com/corporategovernance.
Our ESG Supplement will complement this Annual Report, providing
stakeholders with more detailed ESG disclosures, including:
performance against our ESG targets and our approach to our
priority areas of fair and responsible banking, financial wellbeing,
environmental sustainability and housing.
The following documents are available at
anz.com/shareholder/centre:
•News Release
•Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement
& Appendix 4E
•Results Presentation and Investor Discussion Pack
•Annual Review
3
•The Company Financial Report
•Principal Risks and Uncertainties Disclosure
•APS 330 Pillar III Disclosure
•Climate-related Financial Disclosures
We are continually seeking to improve our reporting suite and
welcome feedback on this report. Please address any questions,
comments or suggestions to investor.relations@anz.com.
Integrated reporting
This Report includes information on our financial and non-financial
performance, providing readers with a holistic view of the Australia
and New Zealand Banking Group Limited’s
1
performance. In
preparing pages 1 to 65, we have continued to draw on aspects of
the International Integrated Reporting (IR) Framework to describe
how our business model, strategy, governance and risk management
processes are addressing risks and opportunities in our operating
environment and delivering value for our stakeholders. We outline
our response to external social and environmental challenges,
including the work we are undertaking to reshape our business,
improve customer outcomes and transform our culture.
Annual Report structure
The required elements of the Directors Report, including the
Operating and Financial Review (OFR) as required by ASIC Regulatory
Guide 247, are covered on pages 1 to 65. Commentary on our
performance overview contained on pages 52 to 64 references
information reported in the Financial Report pages 101 to 218.
The Remuneration Report pages 66 to 98 and the Financial Report
pages 101 to 218 have been audited by KPMG. KPMG also provides
limited assurance over Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) content2 within this Annual Report. A copy of KPMG’s limited
assurance report will be contained in the ANZ 2019 Environment,
Social and Governance (ESG) Supplement to be published in
December 2019.
This report covers all ANZ operations worldwide over which, unless
otherwise stated, we have control for the financial year commencing
on 1 October 2018 and ending 30 September 2019. Monetary
amounts in this document are reported in Australian dollars,
unless otherwise stated.
ffifffi2fl 2ffiffffffi2
2
Stakeholders provided us with
three key insights:
1 They expect us to focus on long-term value creation,
not short-term profit maximisation;
2 While the actions we have taken to date in response to the
Royal Commission are considered good and necessary,
they want us to do more. In particular, they expect Board
and management to demonstrate customer-centric
actions in line with the ‘spirit’ of the Royal Commission’s
findings; and
3 They see a broader role for the Board in overseeing conduct
and culture and an expectation that real and lasting change
happens as a result of the Royal Commission.
What
matters
most
A focus on fair and responsible banking
Through our annual materiality assessment we engage with internal
and external stakeholders to inform our identification of ESG risks
and opportunities. We seek to identify those issues that have the
most potential to impact our ability to operate successfully and
create value for our stakeholders.
These issues may change over time, reflecting changes in our
business and external operating environment and the expectations
of stakeholders. We use the results of the assessment to inform
our strategy.
This year, we focused our assessment solely on fairness and
ethical conduct, which has been ranked as our most material
issue for the last three years. Specifically, we sought external
stakeholder views on the actions we are taking following the Royal
Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and
Financial Services Industry (the Royal Commission).
These insights were presented to the Board Ethics,
Environment, Social and Governance Committee, the
management Ethics and Responsible Business Committee
and the management Royal Commission and Self-Assessment
Oversight Group, and are informing our continuing work on
improving customer outcomes.
We have drawn on our 2018 materiality assessment to help
guide the content of this report. After fairness and ethical
conduct, stakeholders ranked the following four issues (risks or
opportunities) as having the most potential to impact our value
creation in the short, medium and long-term.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Fraud and data security: ensuring we have strong
internal controls and risk management frameworks
in place is critical as a breach could significantly
impact the bank’s operations and reputation.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Customer experience: ensuring a positive
customer experience is key to delivering
sustainable business performance in the long-term.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Corporate governance: organisations with strong
corporate governance processes and policies in
place are likely to perform better in the long-term.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Digital innovation: core to our strategy and a key
factor in driving positive customer experience.
A full list of ANZ’s key material risks is available on pages 46–47.
The key steps undertaken in our 2019 materiality process, as well
as the full list of our material ESG issues, is discussed in our 2019
ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs in December.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
3
Chairman’s
message
Challenging conditions continued in 2019 and our statutory profit of $6.0 billion was down
7% on the previous year. Cash profit from continuing operations (which excludes non-core
items and the discontinued Wealth businesses from statutory profit) was $6.5 billion, flat
when compared with the same time last year.
Despite those tough conditions, we held our
FY19 full year dividend at 160 cents with the
final dividend of 80 cents franked at 70%.
We recognise how important the dividend, franking and predictability is to shareholders.
The Board’s decision to reduce franking to a new base reflects the changed shape of our
business and the earnings in our Australian geography.
This has been a difficult year for us and Australian banks generally. Intense competition,
slow credit growth and increased regulation have combined with lower consumer
confidence to create this.
While this is reflected in our financial performance – particularly within our Australian Retail
and Commercial business – the actions taken in recent years to improve the structure of
our bank has us well-placed to meet the industry’s challenges.
DAVID GONSKI, AC
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
4
These actions include returning our Institutional business to
profitable growth as well as the progress we have made to simplify
the products and services we offer our retail customers in Australia
and New Zealand.
We started early on our simplification agenda and this work
continued throughout the year. Simplification continues to
underpin improvement across ANZ.
A major milestone was the completion of the sale of our Life
Insurance business in Australia to Zurich Financial Services Australia
and we have also made significant progress in the sale of our
Pensions & Investments business to IOOF. Subject to approval from
the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), we expect to
complete this transaction in the first quarter of 2020.
Another highlight was the sale of some of our non-core assets
outside of home markets, including our retail banking joint venture
in Cambodia, our retail business in Papua New Guinea and our Life
Insurance business in New Zealand. This continues the stronger
focus on investments and resources in our core strategic retail
and commercial businesses in Australia and New Zealand and our
Institutional business in Asia Pacific.
Unfortunately there have also been challenges. This year we have
announced an additional charge of $682 million as a result of an
increase in our provisions for remediation work. While our Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) Shayne Elliott addresses this in his CEO
message, I want to assure shareholders that the Board understands
the impact fixing the failures of the past has on shareholders and
we are working proactively and as quickly as possible to remediate
impacted customers.
Our self-assessment
During the year, APRA asked a range of banks, superannuation
funds and insurance companies to take a closer look at their own
behaviour and operations.
There has been some attention given to the fact ANZ has not
released its self-assessment. APRA requested these self-assessments
on a confidential basis to ensure institutions responded in a way
that was full and frank. We have respected that request, noting
particularly the fact that people contributed openly to the process
on that basis and we will continue to do so. To assist those interested
in our self-assessment we have published a summary which can be
found on bluenotes at anz.com.
The self-assessment was a useful exercise where we identified many
critical issues across culture, accountability and governance. As we
outlined to APRA, the Board and executive team are determined
to use this as an opportunity to deepen our self-awareness and
to learn from our failings. Importantly, we do not see this as just a
compliance measure but as an opportunity to make ANZ a more
efficient, more sustainable bank.
We will be a simpler, less complex bank once we have implemented
our road map for change.
We will have fewer products and more
effective systems and processes. For
customers, we will be easier to deal with
and when things do go wrong we will be
faster to resolve them.
Critically, our regulator will recognise issues identified in our annual
attestation are being resolved in a timelier manner and this will flow
through to improvements in our comprehensive review.
Executive remuneration
ANZ recorded its ‘first strike’ last year when around 34% of shares
were voted against our Remuneration Report. The Board took this
result very seriously and shareholders will note there has been a
significant differentiation this year in the remuneration awarded to our
Disclosed Executives. Our Chair of the Human Resources Committee,
Ilana Atlas, provides more detail in the Remuneration Report.
You will note our CEO despite a solid personal performance, has
had his remuneration impacted by the broader performance of the
Group. In fact, variable remuneration for our Disclosed Executives
ranged between 0 and 74% of maximum opportunity. We also
enhanced our approach to accountability and consequence
management during the year and will continue to hold people to
account who fail to meet our standards.
Capital management
We continued our focus on capital efficiency this year by returning
excess capital to shareholders as a result of our simplification
agenda. We did this while also maintaining capital levels above
APRA’s ‘unquestionably strong’ requirements. In the financial year
of 2019 we reduced shares on issue by 42 million (equivalent of
$1.1 billion) as part of our $3 billion buy-back. That program
concluded in March 2019.
Outlook
While the Australian housing market is slowly recovering, we expect
challenging trading conditions to continue for the foreseeable future.
Record low interest rates in Australia
and global trade tensions will continue
to place pressure on earnings while
increased compliance and remediation
costs will be closely managed.
Competition will also remain in focus with the recently announced
inquiry into mortgage pricing. We have acknowledged we have not
always done a good job in explaining our position and hope the
inquiry enables the opportunity to provide facts on a complex matter.
On the regulatory front, both APRA and the Reserve Bank of New
Zealand have announced proposals that could lift the amount of
capital required to support our New Zealand subsidiary. The final
impact of these changes depend on a number of factors. This
includes the outcome of consultation, particularly the amount of
capital required, the time allowed to achieve it, and the instruments
we are permitted to use.
Management will maintain its focus on capital efficiency. However,
our strong ongoing capital generation capacity will assist in meeting
any additional capital requirements.
Despite the industry’s challenges, I’m confident we have the team,
the balance sheet and the oversight in place to execute effectively
against a strategy that will benefit all our stakeholders. On behalf of
the Board and myself, I thank our more than 39,000 people for their
hard work in supporting our customers and our shareholders.
David Gonski, AC CHAIRMAN
5
CEO’s
message
This has been a challenging year of slow
economic growth, increased competition,
regulatory change and global uncertainty.
Our progress
The core of our strategy has not changed. Put simply, we will generate decent returns
by improving the financial wellbeing of our customers.
This year we continued to focus on balance sheet strength, improve our culture, simplify
the business and rebuild our team’s capabilities. In doing this, we significantly reduced the
cost and risk of operating the bank despite the strong headwinds facing the sector.
We are determined to have the right people who listen, learn and adapt. We will put the
best tools and insights into the hands of our customers and people. Importantly, we will
concentrate our efforts on those particular things that add value to customers – and do
them right the first time.
This means we must continue to simplify our business, improve our customer proposition
and invest in innovations that deliver better customer outcomes and improve the efficiency
of our operations.
Retail and commercial in Australia had a difficult year. Increased remediation charges,
intense competition and record low interest rates have had a significant impact on earnings.
SHAYNE ELLIOTT
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
6
While yet to flow through to the balance sheet, management
actions and operational improvements have seen a steady recovery
in home loan applications in recent months. These volume
improvements are expected to be maintained into 2020.
New Zealand delivered a solid underlying result in a more competitive
environment. As in Australia, compliance and remediation costs
contributed to higher operating expenses, while a focus on
operational efficiency offset inflation in business-as-usual expenses.
There are challenges ahead in New Zealand, particularly in relation
to the amount of capital we may be required to hold. However, we
are well-advanced in our preparations to manage these proposed
impacts in an orderly way.
Institutional continued its transformation with a return to profitable
growth. While macro conditions had an impact on financial
performance in the second half, the business is now generating
returns above our cost of capital that provides important
diversification given the lower growth in our home markets.
Customer remediation
The Royal Commission highlighted many failures the Australian banks
needed to quickly remedy. ANZ is not immune from this challenge.
This year we announced an additional charge of $682 million as a
result of an increase in our provisions for remediation work. We know
this is real money and has a real impact on shareholders. But we also
know it’s important to fix the mistakes of the past and return money
owed to customers as quickly as possible.
We are currently resolving identified fee or interest discrepancies
with over 3.4 million Australia Retail and Commercial customers.
To date our Responsible Banking team has remediated over one
million customer accounts.
If there is a positive from this work, it is that much of the time and
resources being invested in remediating our systems and processes
will make us a better bank for our customers and shareholders.
It means the mistakes of the past are unlikely to be repeated and
when issues arise they will be easier to fix.
Customers and community
Our purpose of shaping a world where people and communities
thrive guides our decisions.
An example of this is the program
we have in place to proactively contact more than one million
customers to help them get more value from our products and
services, including those eligible for Centrelink or Veterans’ Affairs
benefits or those with persistent credit card debt. This is to make
sure customers are using the best products given their individual
circumstances and that they are aware of all the options available.
Another issue we care about is providing affordable and sustainable
housing for Australians and New Zealanders. We do this by
encouraging investment in the sector – including our role leading
the largest social bond issuance for housing in Australia.
We also know we have a role in enhancing environmental
sustainability and we are focusing our efforts on energy,
water and waste.
We have committed to fund and
facilitate $50 billion by 2025 towards
sustainable solutions for our customers,
including initiatives that help improve
environmental sustainability, increase
access to affordable housing and
promote financial wellbeing.
This is not philanthropy. It’s really good business for our
customers and shareholders given the growth opportunities
available in the sector. It’s also a business we are good at
given our network and capabilities and an area we expect to
grow rapidly in the coming years as the world grapples with
environmental challenges.
Changing how we reward our people
This year we introduced wide-ranging reforms to the way we
pay people. Variable remuneration is now a smaller part of
our people’s take-home pay and these reduced bonuses are
determined by the overall performance of the bank.
This is not about paying our people less. It is an industry-leading
initiative that will positively enhance our culture and become an
important point of differentiation. It also addresses the negative
impact an over-emphasis on individual bonuses within a bank
can have on customers and the community.
Redesigning how we reward our staff was one of the 16 key
initiatives we announced as part of our initial response to the
Royal Commission recommendations. As part of this, we also
strengthened our accountability frameworks to ensure there are
appropriate consequences for the small number of people who
do not meet standards of behaviour or performance.
Finally, despite this difficult environment, we have made good
progress this year and I’d like to thank the more than 39,000
people who turn up for ANZ and work hard every day for our
customers. I’m confident we have the right strategy and team to
deliver great, sustainable results in the future for our customers,
our shareholders and the community.
Shayne C Elliott
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
7
We provide banking and financial products and services to around eight million
individual and business customers, and operate in and across 33 markets.
About our business
Our purpose
Our purpose is to help shape a world in which people and
communities thrive. That means striving to create a balanced,
sustainable society in which everyone can take part and build
a better life.
One of the ways we are bringing our purpose to life is through
helping to address complex issues that matter to society and are
core to our business strategy. We are focusing our efforts on:
•financial wellbeing – improving the financial wellbeing of our
customers, employees and the community by helping them
make the most of their money throughout their lives;
•environmental sustainability – supporting household,
business and financial practices that improve environmental
sustainability; and
•housing – improving the availability of suitable and affordable
housing options for all Australians and New Zealanders.
We are contributing to these challenges by: developing innovative
and responsible financial products and services; participating
in relevant policy development and research; strengthening
stakeholder partnerships; and harnessing the skills of our people.
Fundamental to our approach is a commitment to fair and
responsible banking – keeping pace with the expectations of
our customers, employees and the community, behaving fairly
and responsibly and maintaining high standards of conduct.
Throughout this report we illustrate how we are embedding
purpose into our business strategy, including through our
Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) targets and
performance objectives.
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
seek to respond to the world’s most pressing challenges.
Business has an important role to play in helping achieve the
SDGs. Recognising this we have identified our targets which
are making a contribution to the achievement of the SDGs
in our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs
in December.
Our culture and values
Our values are the foundation of how we work and are supported by our Code of Conduct. All employees and contractors must comply
with the Code, which contains guiding principles and sets the standards for the way we do business at ANZ.
ExcellenceIntegrityCollaborationAccountabilityRespect
We care about:
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
8
Our strategy is focused on improving the financial wellbeing of our
customers; having the right people who listen, learn and adapt; putting the
best tools and insights into their hands; and focusing on those few things
that really add value to customers and doing them right the first time.
Our strategy
We believe that the execution of our strategy will deliver decent
returns for our shareholders, while achieving a balance between
growth and return, short and long-term performance and financial
and social impact.
While our focus has evolved over the past four years, the strategic
imperatives remain the same: creating a simpler, better balanced
bank; focusing our efforts where we can carve out a winning
position; building a superior everyday experience to compete in the
digital age; and driving a purpose and values led transformation.
In our Australian and New Zealand businesses we are: delivering
improved customer outcomes, while rationalising our products
and services; developing new compelling services and distribution
options; and developing new initiatives to enhance our home
owner and small business owner propositions.
Within our Institutional business we are creating an integrated
trade, cash and markets experience, while developing and
appropriately scaling our capabilities across geographies to
deliver connectivity for our customers.
Our strategy has driven significant improvement in our business
over the past four years. We have strengthened our balance sheet,
improved our culture, simplified the business and rebuilt our
people’s capabilities. In doing so we have reduced the costs and
risks associated with running the bank.
Create a simpler,
better capitalised,
better balanced bank
Build a superior
experience for our
people and customers
in order to compete in
the digital age
Focus our efforts
where we can carve out
a winning position
Drive a purpose
and values led
transformation of
the bank
Improve the
financial wellbeing
of our customers
Deliver decent returns
for our shareholders
- targeted growth
- low cost
- capital efficient
Resilient, adaptable
and capable workforce
Improve housing,
environmental and
financial wellbeing
outcomes for the
community
Improving the financial
wellbeing of customers...
...with flexible and resilient digital
infrastructure that supports great
customer experience at lower cost
...with people
who listen,
learn and adapt
...with the
best tools
and insights
...looking to
save for,
buy and
own a
home
...looking
to start,
buy and
grow a
business
...looking to
move capital
and goods
around the
region
Strategic ImperativesStrategyTarget Outcomes
Purpose
Our purpose is to help shape a world in which people and communities thrive
9
Finance
Access to capital through
customer deposits, debt and equity
investors and wholesale markets
enables us to run our operations
and execute our strategy.
Risk management
Reducing the risk of doing business
for our customers and the bank,
with systems and processes that
are less complex, less prone to
error and more secure.
Technology and
data capabilities
Flexible, digital–ready
infrastructure to provide
great customer experience,
agility, scale and control.
Community and
relationships
Strong stakeholder
relationships are essential
to our brand and reputation.
Customers
Trusted relationships
with our ~ 8 million retail,
commercial and
Institutional customers.
People
Employees and contractors
with the key competencies
and right behaviours to
deliver our strategy.
¢
$
By transforming our business –
embedding a purpose and values
led culture and simplifying our
products and services – we aim
to create long-term value for
all of our stakeholders.
Our value creation model
outlines how we create value for
our key stakeholders through our
business activities, and identifies
the inputs – or value drivers –
that we rely on to enable us to
deliver that value and meet our
strategic objectives.
How we
create
value
Digital
advancement
and technological
change
Globalisation
Demographic
changes
Lower credit growth
environment
Environment
and climate
Increased
regulatory
oversight and
stakeholder
scrutiny
OUR VALUE DRIVERS
OUR OPERATING
ENVIRONMENT
The risks and opportunities
in our operating environment
impact our ability to create value.
10
SHAREHOLDER VALUE
CUSTOMER VALUE
EMPLOYEE VALUE
COMMUNITY VALUE
› Deliver decent returns enabling shareholders to meet goals
› 228 cents earnings per share
1
› 10.9% cash return on equity
1
› 160 cents dividend per share for FY19 with the final dividend
of 80 cents franked at 70%
› 9.2 percent total shareholder return
› Improving the financial wellbeing of our customers
› Provide funding for lending, helping customers to own
homes and run businesses and assist businesses to transact,
trade and invest across our region
› Great customer experience through flexible and resilient
digital infrastructure
› We have contacted > 1 million of our Retail and Commercial
customers to help them get more value from our products
and services
› 20,024 FTE supporting our Retail and Commercial
customers, providing $339 billion in home lending and
$95 billion in business lending (Australia and New Zealand)
› 5,468 FTE supporting our Institutional customers,
providing $165 billion in lending
› Custodians of $512 billion of customer deposits across
the business
› Invest in our people to build a resilient, adaptable and
inclusive workforce with a strong sense of purpose and ethics
› 77% employee engagement (up from 73% in 2018)
› Employed 734 people from under-represented groups
(since 2016)
› $4.8 billion in employee salaries and benefits
› Increasing the skills and capabilities of our people providing
almost 1.5 million hours of training
› Connecting with, and investing in, the communities in
which we operate to support growth, deliver services and
develop opportunity
› Invested $142.2 million in the community
2
› $3,172 million in taxes paid to government
3
› > 90,000 people have been reached through our financial
wellbeing programs, MoneyMinded and Saver Plus
Operating across 33 markets,
we provide banking and financial
products and services to individual
and business customers.
Through our business activities
we deliver the following outputs:
› we provide transaction
banking services
› we hold deposits for our customers
› we lend money to our retail, small
business and corporate customers
› we help customers mitigate
and manage financial risks
› we support customers with
trade and capital flows
› we provide wealth
management products
› we provide advisory services
› we invest in our people to build
a diverse and inclusive workforce
› we collaborate with partners
to build capacity and improve
financial wellbeing
› we pay taxes in the countries
within which we operate
› we pay dividends to
our shareholders
OUR BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
1.
On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and
discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in understanding the
result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between
statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.
2.
Figure includes forgone revenue of $109 million, being the cost of providing low or fee free accounts to
a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not for profit organisations and students.
3.
Total taxes borne by the Group, includes unrecovered GST/VAT,employee related taxes and other taxes.
Inclusive of discontinued operations.
11
Working with
our stakeholders
Our stakeholdersWhat they expect from us
Customers
•A customer-centred approach underpinned by ethical, fair and
responsible behaviour
•Financial products and services that are suitable, reliable and secure
Government
and
regulators
•Responsible financial products and services
•Fair and ethical conduct and a strong customer-focused corporate culture
•Effective governance and risk management
Shareholders
•Sustainable long-term positive financial performance and investment returns
•Effective assessment and management of material risks and opportunities
•Informative, transparent and timely communications
Employees
•A safe, diverse and inclusive workplace that encourages engagement,
collaboration and development
•Competitive remuneration and benefits, effective performance management
and recognition
Non-government
organisations
(NGOs)
•A clear and transparent approach to the management of existing and
emerging ESG risks and opportunities
•Minimising adverse social and environmental impacts of our lending
and operations
•Collaborative partnerships and appropriate and evidence-based approach
to community investment activities
Transparent and responsive engagement, combined with a genuine willingness on our part to listen and act, is one of
the most important ways in which we can demonstrate trustworthiness and rebuild community confidence. Stakeholder
engagement is embedded in our policies, processes and operations.
Summarised below are the key expectations of our stakeholders. For more detailed information on the issues raised by
stakeholders this year and how we have responded, refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available in December at anz.com/cs.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Strong stakeholder relationships enable us to deliver our
business strategy and create long-term value.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
12
Saver Plus is a matched savings and financial education program
developed by ANZ and The Brotherhood of St Laurence.
The program is co-funded by the Australian Government and is
delivered by community partners and service delivery agencies
in 60 locations across Australia.
From its early pilot of 300 participants in 2003, the program is
rapidly approaching a milestone of 50,000 recruited participants
who have built their financial wellbeing and had over $19 million
in savings matched by ANZ. Saver Plus is life changing, with
research showing 87% of participants continue to save after
they have completed the program.
Partnership has been the key to the continued success and
impact of Saver Plus. The recent Saver Plus National Conference,
involving community coordinators, ANZ branch staff, government
representatives and partners was a rare opportunity to celebrate
the impact of the program and plan for the future.
“It was so great to see the collaboration between everyone,
regardless of who they worked for, because we all deliver the
same program. To see the team feel so energised and motivated
again was fantastic to witness,” said Cheryl Allen-Ankins, The Smith
Family, Saver Plus Program Manager.
Left to right: Saver Plus Co-ordinators, Denise Clark, Graeme Grice and
Cath Sweeney from The Smith Family at the Saver Plus National Conference
COMMUNITY STORY
Celebrating the impact of
our Saver Plus partnership
We have
matched over
$19 million
in savings
since 2003
$
13
We seek to anticipate and respond to the risks and opportunities arising
in our external environment to ensure that we can continue to create value
for our stakeholders. A summary of the issues influencing our strategy is
outlined below.
Our operating
environment
Our strategic imperatives assist us to respond positively
to this environment and meet societal expectations
These global trends present us with risks and opportunities
RISKSOPPORTUNITIES
LOWER CREDIT GROWTH ENVIRONMENT
•Increasing competition and regulatory requirements
places pressure on margins and customer volumes.
•New approaches are needed to deliver products and services
to our customers, together with efficient allocation of capital
and resources to generate returns to shareholders.
INCREASED REGULATORY OVERSIGHT AND STAKEHOLDER SCRUTINY
•Trust in the Australian and New Zealand banking industry
has eroded over the past two years.
•Increased regulatory expectations and focus places pressure
on margins and customer volumes.
•Community concerns remain high following the Royal
Commission in Australia and a number of regulatory
developments in New Zealand. We can rebuild trust by
transparently working with, and partnering with, government,
regulators and NGOs to deliver improved customer outcomes.
DIGITAL ADVANCEMENT AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
•Competition from existing and new competitors is increasing,
supported by government policy, such as the consumer
data right.
•With the increase in digitisation, strong cyber security capability
is critical.
•By improving our digital capabilities and investing in
cyber security, we can serve our customers in new and
innovative ways, meeting their needs for safe and secure
digital banking solutions.
DEMOGRAPHIC CHANGES
•Demand for home lending in Australia and New Zealand is
impacted by a range of supply and demand factors largely
outside of our control, including population growth, housing
prices and dwelling construction.
•Community concerns about housing affordability remain high.
We can help by partnering with business, government and
NGOs to deliver innovative and practical housing solutions.
ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE
•We will continue to experience negative reputational impacts
if we fail to raise standards across all our activities and take
customer and societal impacts into consideration when making
business decisions.
•By continuing to focus on improving customer outcomes and
strengthening our standards on issues such as environmental
sustainability and human rights, we have an opportunity to
differentiate ourselves from our peers.
GLOBALISATION
•Community concerns about aspects of trade and investment
can potentially limit opportunities.
•With increasing globalisation and the rise of Asia, we
can support our customers to increase their cross-border
trade and investment.
•Increased trade and investment leads to higher incomes and
employment for the communities in which ANZ operates.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
14
Chances are if you have strolled down the supermarket cereal aisle recently
you will have seen shelves stacked with boxes of Carman’s muesli.
Established in 1992 by Carolyn Creswell with a modest $1,000,
Carman’s is now a leader in breakfast and nutritious snacks,
exporting to 35 countries.
Using our international footprint we have helped connect
Carman’s to new markets, particularly in Asia, where there is an
abundance of opportunity for Westernised products.
“ANZ’s presence in Asia gives you introductions you would not
have otherwise because of their connections. It is really impressive
for an Australian bank to have that presence,” says Carolyn.
Having had a banking relationship for more than 10 years, the
journey for ANZ and Carman’s is centred on honesty, transparency
and integrity, identifying the ways in which each partner can
support the other.
Carolyn views Carman’s relationship with ANZ similar to any
other partnership.
“ANZ is a partner with us – the reality is ANZ is trying to make our
business better. If our business is better, we are going to do more
business with ANZ. We are all in this together.”
There is much ANZ can learn from Carman’s success, particularly
given Carolyn puts that success down to a focus on the customer
and having an engaged and passionate workforce – both central
elements of ANZ’s own strategy.
Image: Carolyn Creswell
CUSTOMER STORY
Helping our customers
export to the world
Our presence in
Asia has helped
Carman’s expand
into overseas
markets
15
Becoming a fairer and
more responsible bank
Our response to the Royal Commission
The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking,
Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (the Royal
Commission) has had a profound impact on our organisation.
We are determined to learn from our failures and build a bank that is
worthy of the trust and respect of our customers and the community.
The Commission’s report led us to further examine how we serve
our customers. We identified eight lessons from our misconduct
and failures to meet community standards and expectations. These
lessons have informed our response to the ‘spirit and letter’ of the
Royal Commission. We are now identifying measures that will allow
us to be confident that these lessons have been acted on.
Our first step was to identify which Commission recommendations
we could quickly act on. This led to 16 initiatives to improve the
treatment of our retail customers, small businesses and farmers in
Australia. Some of the key commitments we have delivered on are:
•removing overdrawn and dishonour fees on our Pensioner
Advantage account (available to eligible recipients of Centrelink
or Veterans’ Affairs pensions)
•improving our service to Indigenous customers in remote
communities by setting up a dedicated phone service and
giving them easier options to prove their identity
•publishing principles to help family farming customers in
financial distress
•publishing principles on acting as a model litigant in disputes
with our customers
•implementing pay reforms that replace individual-based bonuses
for most of our employees with an incentive based on the overall
performance of the Group.
In addition to progressing these 16 initiatives, Colin Neave,
former Commonwealth Ombudsman and our first Customer
Fairness Adviser (appointed in 2016), reviewed individual ANZ
cases highlighted at the Royal Commission, taking action where
appropriate to resolve matters.
The majority of the recommendations in the Royal Commission
final report require legislative change and we will continue to work
with government as it implements those changes.
APRA Self-Assessment
In late 2018, the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA)
asked a range of financial services companies, including ANZ, to
examine through a Self-Assessment Report their behaviours and
operations in the wake of highly publicised misconduct in the sector.
We submitted our Self-Assessment Report to APRA in November
2018, and have since developed a ‘roadmap’ to act on the themes
raised in that report.
We identified five focus areas in which to concentrate our efforts to
deliver better outcomes. These areas were identified both through
the self-assessment as well as issues that were examined by the
Royal Commission.
Focus areas
Simplification
of our business, products
and processes
Culture
including the way we reward
and recognise our people
Governance
and
accountability
including how we are held to
account, and how we manage
and execute change
Remediation
including expansion of
our specialist customer
remediation team
Management of
operational risk
review and improvement of
our operational risk framework
Executive Committee members have been assigned ‘ownership’
of each focus area and they are responsible for monitoring
performance.
We have established a Royal Commission and Self-Assessment
Oversight Group to oversee an integrated response to the Royal
Commission and Self-Assessment.
Further details of our self-assessment can be found on bluenotes
at anz.com.
During this year we have continued to make changes to our culture,
governance and accountability mechanisms to help improve customer
outcomes and restore community trust.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
16
Our
customers
We seek to treat our customers fairly and responsibly,
providing them with suitable and appropriate products and
services, supported by strong data protection.
We have identified three customer segments where we believe
we can best achieve this: home owners, business owners and
companies that move capital and goods across the region.
Providing suitable products and services
We have contacted more than 1 million of our retail and commercial
customers, including customers who:
•are in receipt of eligible Centrelink or Veterans’ Affairs benefits
to offer to help them move to a low-cost, basic bank account.
Since June 2019, we have contacted 128,624 customers (via
email or letters);
•are experiencing persistent credit card debt;
•have Interest Only home loans set to expire within 6 months,
reminding them of the expiry period and notifying them of the
options available at the end of the period;
•have opened an ANZ Access Advantage account within the last
13–16 days, reminding them to credit their account with regular
salary payments; and
•have Progress Saver periodical payment or direct debit due to
expire in the next month to remind them an automated credit
can help them receive bonus interest on their account.
Consistently delivering a positive customer experience enables us to create
value for all of our stakeholders and is critical to our long-term success.
CUSTOMER STORY
Helping customers to get
on top of credit card debt
We have been contacting credit card customers who
are carrying persistent debt
1
on their card to help them pay their debt faster.
Customers have been offered financial education, and the
opportunity to close their card and repay the remaining debt
at a lower interest rate. We have contacted 9,500 customers as
at 30 September 2019.
Earlier this year we contacted John*, a long-term customer
who has held a credit card facility with ANZ since 1976. John
had a balance of $9,500 (on a $10,000 limit) and the entirety of
the balance was on a cash advance interest rate of 21.74% per
annum. John had not transacted on the card since 2016 and
had been making payments only slightly above the minimum
monthly repayment amount.
1.
Where for at least the last 12 months a credit card has over 80% of the credit utilised and the customer has been paying 2–3% of the outstanding balance on average each month.
* Customer name has been changed.
Links to 2019 Group
Performance Framework
We are committed to improving the customer
experience, as highlighted by the implementation of 16
initiatives in Australia in response to the Royal Commission.
There were some challenges during the year including
technology stability issues, and a period of underperformance
in respect of assessment and approval times relative to peers
in home lending. Institutional performance in key customer
satisfaction/relationship strength surveys continued to be a
highlight, along with strong digital engagement with customers.
Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for
further details.
Continuing his current repayment behaviour, John would have
taken more than 9 years to pay off the debt – assuming there was
no further spending on the card – accruing at least $12,000 in
interest over that time.
After contacting John and explaining his options, John agreed to
an instalment plan with an interest rate of 7% per annum. This will
enable him to pay off the debt in five years or less, saving more
than $10,000 in interest charges.
This program has been welcomed by many customers,
including John who said, “I wish this had happened a long time
ago ... it’s such a relief.”
17
Home owners
We are committed to fund and facilitate $1 billion of investment
by 2023 to deliver around 3,200 more affordable, secure and
sustainable homes to buy and rent in Australia.
We are developing a housing supply pipeline through direct
engagement with our clients (new and existing), supporting
innovative models to finance new supply. This includes:
•jointly arranging the inaugural bond issue of $315 million for
the Commonwealth’s National Housing Finance and Investment
Corporation (NHFIC), the largest social bond for housing in
Australia; and
•arranging the first wellbeing bonds in New Zealand for Housing
New Zealand Corporation (NZ$500 million and NZ$600 million).
We have also established a Housing Virtual Fund (the Fund)
enabling us to accommodate non-conforming risk aspects of
new housing models. Emerging housing models generally come
with increased risk for the developer, the bank and the consumer,
preventing innovative models from being brought to market at
scale. The Fund ensures that we have a comprehensive internal
review process, allowing us to utilise all of our expertise in
understanding and managing risk.
Support for first home buyers
Our research shows that 64 percent of first home buyers are
uncertain of what to do when it comes to buying their first
property and they want someone they can trust to guide them
through the process.
1
In response, we are improving the skills of
our frontline staff enabling them to provide tailored guidance and
support to first home buyers. We have:
•provided more than 3,300 frontline staff with Home Loan Coach
training across Australia and New Zealand;
•improved our First Home Coach training in Australia – nearly
800 of our frontline staff have completed this training; and
•provided Construction Coach training in New Zealand to
support customers building or renovating a home – more
than 220 frontline staff have received training.
We have also developed the most accurate property price
predictor in the market to support customers in establishing
the value of their future home.
In recognition of our commitment to this
customer segment ANZ has been named
Bank of The Year for First Home Buyers by
Canstar for three years running (2017–2019).
Industry insights
During the year we have undertaken significant engagement
with industry stakeholders to ensure that as an organisation we
are directly linked to the housing policy agenda, offering market
expertise to support government, customers and the community
with relevant insights to inform decision-making.
We have entered into a three-year partnership with CoreLogic to
deliver a bi-annual housing affordability report. The report provides
in-depth market analysis of the Australian housing market for both
buyers and renters.
1.
ANZ Home Buying Research, Prescience, May 2015.
Making homes healthier in New Zealand
According to research by the Building Research Association
of New Zealand, about half of the homes built are unsuitable
for the climate – they are not adequately insulated, have
insufficient heating and are damp with visible signs of mould.
“As New Zealand’s biggest home lender, housing is one area
where we want to make a difference”, says Antonia Watson,
Acting Chief Executive Officer, New Zealand.
We have set aside NZ$100 million so our customers can enjoy
warmer, healthier homes while potentially also keeping energy
costs down. Last year we began offering our home loan
customers (both owner-occupiers and investors) an interest-
free home loan top-up (up to NZ$5,000). More than 1,800
interest-free home loans (to the value of NZ$6.3 million) have
been drawn down as at 30 September 2019. The top-up offer
was also extended to heat pumps in July 2019.
In addition, in April 2019 we launched a Healthy Home Loan
Package, that includes discounts to standard home loan rates,
as well as fee waivers across a range of accounts, for customers
buying, building or renovating a home to 6 Homestar or above,
in New Zealand.
Thirty four customers are now on the package (funds under
management of NZ$11.7 million) and we are working to
identify existing eligible customers to transition them across
to the package.
Not only are there health benefits associated with more energy
efficient homes but occupants may also have more disposable
income because they are paying lower power bills.
“When every dollar counts, a lower home loan rate might
swing the decision to go the extra mile on health and
sustainability measures.” says Antonia.
Our customers continued
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
18
Customer remediation
Fair, responsible and efficient customer remediation is a focus for the
bank, with significant investment being made across our Australia,
Wealth and New Zealand Divisions.
We are currently resolving identified fee or interest discrepancies
with over 3.4 million Retail and Commercial customers. To date our
Australian Retail and Commercial Responsible Banking team has
remediated over one million customer accounts
5
and issued refunds
of around $62 million.
In Wealth, the team has completed the first stage of a review to
identify instances of inappropriate advice to customers. Over 7,000
advice cases, spanning more than a decade, were reviewed. In
addition, the majority of remediation cases relating to ANZ Financial
Planning ‘fee for no service’ have now been remediated.
Wealth has remediated nearly
26,000 cases in total and made
payments of $95.2m as at
30 September 2019.
Over the 12 months to 30 September 2019, the Responsible Banking
team has increased the number of dedicated remediation resources
working on large scale customer remediation matters from around
150 to around 275 people.
Similarly, the team within Wealth has expanded from around 120 to
around 170 over the same time period and is projected to increase
to around 200 by December 2019. Our New Zealand business also
has almost 60 dedicated remediation resources. These additional
resources, together with an increase in infrastructure and capability,
are enabling us to refund impacted customers in a scalable and
repeatable way.
More than 500 people throughout the Australian Retail and
Commercial business are also working on a number of smaller
customer remediations, fixes and investigations.
We are delivering an ongoing education program to share ‘lessons
learnt’ and to highlight the impacts on customers when we fail
to get it right. In creating a collective understanding of the root
causes of our existing remediations, we continue to build a shared
accountability for the prevention of future issues.
$
1.
Roy Morgan Research Single Source, Australian population aged 14+, Main Financial
Institution, six month rolling average to Sep’19. Ranking based on the four major
Australian banks.
2.
DBM Business Financial Services Monitor. Base: Commercial Banking (<$100 million annual
turnover) Main Financial Institution customers. Six month average to Sep’19. Ranking
based on the four major Australian banks.
3.
Retail Market Monitor, Camorra Research, six month rolling average to Sep’19.
4.
Business Finance Monitor, TNS Kantar Research. Base: Commercial ($3 million – $150
million annual turnover) and Agricultural (>500K annual turnover) customers. Four quarter
rolling average to Q3’19.
5.
In certain instances ANZ makes:
• a community service payment in lieu of a payment to a customer account. In 2019
charity payments were made for ~111,000 accounts totalling ~$355,000.
• the customer payment via cheque. In 2019 cheques were issued for ~178,000 accounts
totalling ~$11,088,000. A proportion of these cheques remain unpresented.
Customer experience
One way in which we measure the experience of our customers
is through Net Promoter Score. Net Promotor Score enables us to
gauge whether we are meeting customer needs and expectations
and how we are performing relative to peers. It is measured by
asking customers how likely they are to recommend ANZ (on a 0–10
scale) and is calculated by subtracting the percentage of detractors
(those who give a score of 0–6) from the percentage of promoters
(those who give a 9 or 10).
With respect to our Australian and New Zealand Retail and
Commercial customers we failed to meet our target to improve
our Net Promoter Score relative to peers. Our Institutional ranking
remains at number one in both Australia and New Zealand.
Managing customer complaints
Listening to our customers and responding to their complaints
in a timely, transparent and fair way is key to maintaining their
confidence and trust in us.
This year, both the Australian Financial Complaints Authority and
the Australian Securities and Investments Commission identified the
need for significant improvement in our internal dispute resolution.
High complaint volumes and lengthy delays in resolution were
highlighted. We have established a detailed action plan which
sets out the changes we need to make to improve our customers’
experience and we will keep stakeholders informed of our progress.
For further information on our approach to complaints handling,
complaint volumes and the role of our Customer Advocate refer
to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs in December.
Australia
Retail: ranking 4th
1
(down from 3rd at end of 2018)
Commercial: ranking 3rd
2
(no change from 2018)
New Zealand
Retail: ranking 4th
3
(no change from 2018)
Commercial and Agricultural:
ranking of 5th
4
(no change from 2018)
Net promoter score
19
Our customers continued
The benefits of open banking
Open banking regulation came into force at the start of July in
Australia, supporting the sharing of generic product data with
third parties, with the aim of making it easier for customers to
compare products. The sharing of customer specific data will
start in early 2020. This will enable consumers to access data
about themselves (personal, account and transaction data) and
share it with accredited third parties of their choice.
At the heart of open banking is trust in how open banking
participants manage their customers’ data. We will continue
to invest in our customers’ security and privacy, and apply our
ethical principles to all data use and the outcomes that result.
Our Data Ethics Principles put our customers’ interests first in
how their data is collected, used and disclosed; and provide
mechanisms for transparency and choice to help our customers
understand and control their personal information.
We will uphold these principles as the open banking regime
begins, ensuring our customers can request the sharing of their
data, while also maintaining control over where and how their
data is used.
“The emerging Australian data economy, sustained by customer-
driven data sharing frameworks, should give customers more
control in sharing information with confidence. Also, it should
create opportunities for business to leverage their expertise,
experience and technology into new areas to serve their
customers. Businesses that engage with the data sector will
have the opportunity to offer better services, and a more precise
product to meet customer needs. Their customers should have the
opportunity to benefit from enhanced choice and convenience.
The efficient use of data, in a secure ecosystem with a strong
governance structure, could be tremendously beneficial for
businesses and customers alike.”
Scott Farrell, Chair of Open Banking Review
We are implementing digital solutions to assist our customers to
improve their financial wellbeing. We have developed new features
in the ANZ app to help our customers work towards their financial
objectives by setting and tracking goals. Currently in the pilot phase,
new features include data-driven ‘nudges’ (messages) to customers
via the app, with milestones and tips to help them meet their
savings goals.
Of the 2.8 million customers
using our ANZ app, 36 percent
are using mobile banking only –
up 30 percent this year
With increasing digitalisation, a strong
cyber security capability is critical
As our customers choose to move their banking to digital platforms
we are focused on safeguarding their money and personal
information. We have invested heavily in our cyber security
capability, and are in a strong position to keep our systems, data and
customers safe from the increasing pace, scale and sophistication of
cyber-attacks.
Recognising humans play a significant role in the security
‘ecosystem’, we are delivering comprehensive education programs
for employees and customers, simplifying cyber security, and
making it easier to understand and implement. This year we have
developed workshops to help small businesses stay safe online,
raised awareness of online scams and reached millions of customers
through our campaign to help them protect their ‘virtual’ valuables.
We are also helping to develop the cyber security curriculum for
Australian high schools to ‘grow’ the next generation of cyber
security workers.
Promoting a culture where security is everyone’s business means we
are better placed to protect our systems, data and our customers,
and can actively contribute to digital innovation and the economic
opportunities a secure online world offers.
Biometric authentication protecting
customer payments in Australia
and New Zealand
ANZ was the first Australian bank to enable its
customers to make high value payments (up to
$25,000) via the ANZ app using their voice. Our
voice ID technology allows customers to verify
their identity using their voice, rather than a PIN or password. While
still an emerging technology, we currently have almost one million
customers in Australia registered for voice ID. To date there have
been no instances of fraud from a voice biometric breach.
Supplementary disclosures
Refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs
in December for further disclosures, including historical
data tables.
Offering customers more convenient and
engaging banking solutions
Fifteen years ago more than half of all banking transactions occurred
within the branch network; today, that number is down to less than
10 percent. Of the 2.8 million customers using our ANZ app, 36
percent are using mobile banking only – up 30 percent this year,
demonstrating the significant shift in how customers are choosing
to engage with us.
This digital banking evolution brings both opportunities and
challenges for ANZ. We are tailoring our products and services
to the changing habits of our customers, who have told us they
want more flexibility in their banking. Our digital technology now
makes it possible for our customers to serve themselves, anywhere,
anytime and we are adapting the way we operate to accommodate
this. Peak usage on the ANZ app is between 4–6pm, and even
during our quietest time between 12–2am we are serving almost
100,000 customers.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
20
Australia Retail and Commercial
External operating environment
In Australia credit growth is slowing, revenue
growth is negligible, interest rates are at
record lows and regulation has increased
substantially.
Competition too is intense, particularly in the
home loan market. New competitors built to
make the most of digital innovations to serve
customers are also having an impact.
The housing market activity is improving off
the back of the lower interest rates, and the
removal of investor and interest only lending
caps, but it is too soon to call a recovery.
Businesses remain cautious and are taking a
‘wait and see’ approach with the economy.
Investment continues to be below long-
term averages.
Business strategy outcomes
Momentum has returned in home lending
with applications up 34% in the second
half of 2019 (compared with the first half ),
through improving turnaround times
and greater clarity on lending policies,
adjustments to lending caps and a major
marketing campaign to restore confidence
across our distribution channels. We
are confident this will flow through to
settlements.
More than half of our customers now bank
digitally and the ANZ App has 2.8 million
users making more than $380 million worth
of transactions every day.
Our ANZ Business Growth Program
has created more than 1,300 jobs and
participants have increased their revenue
by 374% and profit by 461%.
Through our network and insights, our
customers continue to succeed in Asia
and more than 200 have joined us for
delegations to China, Hong Kong,
Singapore, Vietnam and Japan.
Performance
1
2019 was a challenging year for Australia Retail
and Commercial, impacted by continued
margin erosion, lower average lending
volumes (a combination of the external
environment and ANZ conservative business
settings) and reduction in fee Income.
The home loan portfolio, down 3%, was
affected by slowing system credit growth,
competition and more conservative home
loan origination risk settings. Commercial
Lending, also down 2%, was driven by lower
volumes in Small Business Banking.
Customers grew by more than 130,000 in the
year to 6.4 million, with 3.6 million customers
now digitally active. Deposits also increased
in 2019 to $208 billion, with Retail deposits
up 1% and Commercial up 5%.
Productivity initiatives, including workforce and
branch optimisation delivered cost savings and
offset increased investment spending.
Financial Performance for Australia Retail
and Commercial is provided within the Our
Performance section on pages 52 to 65.
1.
Commercial includes Small Business Banking,
Business Banking and Private Bank
“ While this year has had its challenges, I’m pleased
our recent actions have restored momentum in our
home loans business and with the progress we’ve
made in fixing the failures of the past.”
Mark Hand – Group Executive Australia Retail and Commercial Banking
Our divisions
Financial Performance
Cash continuing
1
Cash profit ($m)
Return on Avg. RWAs (%)
Net Loans & Advances ($b)
2018
3,626
2018
341
2019
3,195
2019
332
Customer Deposits ($b)
2018
2.2
2018
203
2019
2.0
2019
208
% of Group Profit FY19
% of Group Net Loans & Advances
49%
54%
1.
On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in
understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.
21
Financial Performance
Cash continuing
1
External operating environment
Market conditions have been challenging,
particularly in the second half of this financial
year. This is due to a combination of record
low interest rates, high liquidity, low volatility,
and heightened geopolitical tensions.
China has been adapting to a slowing
economy, while the inverted US Treasury
yield curve sparked fears of a potential
economic recession in the world’s largest
economy.
Shifts in trade and supply chains due to
the US-China trade war have had a positive
impact on some markets, particularly in
South-East Asia, where ANZ has a presence.
ANZ is also well prepared for Brexit with our
European branch network and licensing
arrangements meaning customers do
not need to make changes or open new
accounts in order to continue to bank with
us in Europe.
Business strategy outcomes
Institutional is focused on customers who
value us, working within clear priority sectors,
sharpening our geographic focus, simplifying
products and technology and driving
structural efficiencies.
Following our decision to exit lower
returning and non-core customer
relationships, Institutional is now in the
process of pivoting to responsible and
disciplined growth. We have also maintained
our focus on reducing costs and capital
efficiency.
This has delivered leading market positions
across key geographies (#1 Australia & NZ,
#5 Asia) and #1 in overall relationship quality
for the second year running.
The sale of Retail, Commercial and SME in
Papua New Guinea completed in September
2019 has enabled the business to focus on
Institutional banking. The sale of our stake
in Royal Bank in Cambodia (completed in
July 2019) was also an important step in our
simplification strategy.
Performance
Institutional continued to deliver the benefits
of a simpler and more disciplined business
in 2019, reporting an increase in Cash Profit
and growth in the balance sheet. Net Loans
and Advances were up 10% while customer
deposits grew 6%.
Geographically, Australia, New Zealand and
Asia Pacific, Europe & America all delivered
profit growth, supported by strong customer
revenue growth.
Transaction Banking and Loans and
Specialised Finance both increased revenue
in 2019, up 8% and 7% respectively. Markets
revenue was down marginally due to lower
Balance Sheet revenue, while Franchise
Sales and Franchise Trading both delivered
stronger revenue outcomes.
Focus on productivity contributed to another
year of cost reductions, a result of lower full
time equivalent staff, decrease in software
amortisation and property efficiencies.
Credit charges remained below long run trends.
Financial Performance for Institutional is
provided within the Our Performance section
on pages 52 to 65.
“ Institutional is smaller but better – we’re in the right
markets, with the right customers and at the right
returns. Our focused strategy is delivering results, and
we’re staying vigilant in managing risks relating to
geopolitics, global trade and consumer retail trends.”
Mark Whelan – Group Executive Institutional
Institutional
Our divisions continued
Cash profit ($m)
Return on Avg. RWAs (%)
Net Loans & Advances ($b)
2018
1,480
2018
150
2019
1,828
2019
165
Customer Deposits ($b)
2018
0.9
2018
206
2019
1.1
2019
217
% of Group Profit FY19
% of Group Net Loans & Advances
28%
27%
1.
On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in
understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
22
External operating environment
The New Zealand economy remains sound
with commodity prices remaining solid,
population growth still strong and continued
low unemployment.
GDP growth, however, has slowed. Business
and consumer confidence is down due to
uncertainty in the international economic
outlook. This has resulted in lower business
investment and consumer spending. That
has meant the historically low official cash
rate environment has not provided the
economic stimulus many had hoped for.
The level of regulatory scrutiny is increasing
on all financial services entities in New
Zealand and this is increasing compliance
costs for the business.
The proposed RBNZ capital changes – which
are intended to create a stronger and more
robust banking industry and are expected to
be made public in December 2019.
Business strategy outcomes
We continued to progress our strategy of
simplifying the business and improving
customer experience.
The OnePath Life insurance business sale
was completed in November 2018, as well
as other non-core ANZ New Zealand assets
Paymark and ANZ Securities.
Frontline sales incentives were removed in
2019 to give confidence to customers that
any products and services they purchased
were sold to them for the right reasons.
In striving to be the best bank to help Kiwis
own homes, we developed a market leading
proposition that includes a “healthy homes”
package to better insulate and heat houses.
The Commercial and Agri, and Institutional
parts of ANZ New Zealand had a major
focus on environmental initiatives to assist
customers in the economy.
Within the Wealth unit, superannuation
product Kiwisaver continued its strong
growth, surpassing $14.5 billion in funds
under management.
Performance
Our New Zealand business maintained a
leading position in core banking products
this year, with ~31% share of mortgages
(August 2019), ~34% share of household
deposits (August 2019) and ~24% share of
KiwiSaver (June 2019).
While the operating conditions were more
challenging, Retail and Commercial both
delivered balance sheet growth in 2019.
Retail net loans and advances were up
4% (driven by Home Loan growth), and
Commercial lending up 2%. Revenue for the
division was however impacted by margin
pressure from lower deposit margins and
home loan mix changes.
Customer deposits grew 3% and customer
numbers grew modestly to 2.4 million, of
which 1.5 million customers are digitally
active. Digital sales were up ~4% and now
account for ~ 30% of all retail sales.
Focus in recent years on more conservative
lending standards, together with a benign
credit environment, contributed to provision
charges remaining low this year.
Financial Performance for New Zealand is
provided within the Our Performance section
on pages 52 to 65.
New Zealand
“ While it’s been a difficult year reputationally for
the organisation, the business has stayed strong,
with staff continuing to focus on doing the right
thing by customers.”
Antonia Watson – Acting Chief Executive Officer New Zealand
Cash profit (NZDm)
Return on Avg. RWAs (%)
Net Loans & Advances (NZDb)
2018
1,655
2018
122
2019
1,479
2019
126
Customer Deposits (NZDb)
2018
2.7
2018
87
2019
2.4
2019
90
% of Group Profit FY19
% of Group Net Loans & Advances
22%
19%
Financial Performance
Cash continuing
1
1.
On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in
understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.
23
Our
people
We are developing the culture, capabilities and behaviours we
need to live our purpose and values and deliver our strategy.
Links to 2019 Group
Performance Framework
Highlights during the year include: strengthening
our Accountability and Consequence Framework; evolving
our approach to measurement and governance of culture
initiatives; redesigning and launching changes to how
we manage and reward our people; solid progress in the
investment in key skills for our future; launch of a digital
learning platform; and a record level engagement survey result.
Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for
further detail.
Culture
Our desired culture is underpinned by our purpose, values, and
Code of Conduct, as well as being focused on delivering great
customer outcomes, making things simpler and always learning.
Both a strong risk mindset and behaviours are embedded in our
values, Code of Conduct and performance expectations, and we are
committed to providing a safe environment in which all employees
are empowered to ‘speak up’ and raise ideas or issues and concerns.
We seek to understand and improve our culture on an ongoing
basis and are continually improving the way we track and measure
our progress. One way we do this is through our Enterprise Culture
Steering Group, whose membership includes the CEO and other
members of the Executive Committee, which meets twice a year and
provides an opportunity for each Executive to present the cultural
strengths and development areas of their business, and actions
taken and planned to shift the culture.
Culture assessments
We are supported by a team of specialists in our Internal Audit
group who undertake cultural assessments within the bank. These
assessments assist our leaders to understand the culture within the
business, how culture impacts the way we support customers and
where culture could expose us to risk.
The assessments focus on identifying cultural themes, underlying
factors and their impact to support the business to drive sustainable
change toward ANZ’s desired culture. They incorporate a blend of
quantitative data, primarily through an employee survey, as well as
qualitative data through employee focus groups.
More than 20,000 employees
have participated in culture
assessments (since 2016)
Once an assessment is completed, the implementation of actions
to address cultural challenges is monitored, and the effectiveness of
those actions in shifting towards the desired culture is reviewed.
Our focus is on the following priorities:
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
initiatives in support of our
desired culture;
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
strengthening our Risk Culture, including
strengthening our Accountability and
Consequence Framework;
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
changing the way in which we reward
our people;
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
preparing our people for the future,
ensuring we have the critical
capabilities to succeed; and
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
creating a diverse and inclusive
workplace and building our people’s
resilience and wellbeing.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
24
Left to right: ANZ employees,
Sewmee Samarasinghe and Kate London
Strengthening our risk culture
During 2019 we have strengthened the way we deal with risk events
through an enhanced Accountability and Consequence Framework,
which is applicable to all of our people.
New Accountability and Consequence Principles set out when and
how an accountability review will be conducted following a material
risk or audit event, define the various categories of accountability
(e.g. direct, indirect, collective) and provide guidelines for the
relevant Group Executive to consider in determining appropriate
consequences. Appropriate consequences should reflect the
severity of the issue and may include, for example, one or more of
the following: coaching, counselling, formal warnings, impacts to
performance and remuneration outcomes, impacts on promotion,
application of malus and ultimately termination of employment for
the most serious issues.
The Consequence Review Group (CRG), chaired by the CEO,
oversees the implementation and ongoing effectiveness of the
Accountability and Consequence Framework, being cognisant of
its impact on the culture of ANZ. The CRG reviews material risk and
audit events and associated accountability and consequences.
Our ongoing focus on accountability, consequences and driving
a strong risk culture supports our customer commitment that
when things go wrong, we fix them quickly and consistently hold
executives to account where appropriate.
‘Speak up’ culture
We also seek to support a strong ‘speak up’ culture and ensure
managers recognise exemplary risk and audit behaviours. The focus
on ‘speak up’ is being supported through our New Ways of Leading
(NWOL) that are aligned with our purpose and values. NWOL
focuses on five behaviours relevant for all employees and imperative
for people leaders: be curious, create shared clarity, empower
people, connect with empathy and grow people selflessly. We are
incorporating culture into leader-led team activities to facilitate
open, purposeful conversations about our culture and practices
and create a psychologically safe environment for employees to
‘speak up’. We continue to promote and raise employee awareness
of the various ways that employees can ‘speak up’ including through
initiatives such as the Whistleblower Awareness Week.
We have 39,060 full-time
equivalent employees
Application of consequences
In 2019 across the Group, 151 employees were terminated for
breaches of our Code of Conduct. A further 516 employees received
a formal disciplinary outcome, with managers required to apply
impacts to their performance and remuneration outcomes as part of
the annual review process.
At the senior leadership level, 30 current or former senior leaders
(Senior Executives, Executives and senior managers) had a formal
consequence applied in 2019 for Code of Conduct breaches or
findings of accountability for a material event, or otherwise left the
bank after an investigation had been initiated. The 30 employees
represent ~ 1% of the senior leader population. The consequences
applied included warnings, impacts to performance and/or
remuneration outcomes and cessation of employment.
Senior leader consequences in 2019
1
Performance and remuneration consequence23
Formal warnings12
No longer employed7
1.
Individuals are included under all categories that are relevant meaning one individual
may be reflected in multiple categories.
Changes to remuneration
A key focus this year has been the redesign of the way we
financially reward and manage the performance of our people
to better support our purpose, culture and values. The changes
include rebalancing the way we pay our people so that variable
remuneration is a smaller part of take home pay. For the majority
of employees, variable remuneration will be based on Group
performance only (i.e. no individual bonuses). These changes will
apply from financial year 2020, and are more closely aligned to our
desired culture, with increased focus on collaboration and team
performance, as well as individual growth and development.
We are implementing the recommendations from Stephen
Sedgwick’s ‘Retail Banking Remuneration Review’, which is focused
on strengthening the alignment of retail bank incentives, sales
practices and good customer outcomes. Recommendations that
ANZ is delivering independently are 90% complete and will be
fully implemented well ahead of the October 2020 deadline. We
continue to work with industry to progress the recommendations
for third parties and principles to underpin customer metrics.
Management provides regular updates to the Board Human
Resources Committee on progress.
25
Building workforce capability
We are creating an environment where our people can learn
and grow every day, helping us to build organisational agility
and capability to remain competitive.
We are building the capabilities of our leaders through the
introduction of a new leadership feedback survey giving our
leaders tangible and actionable feedback on their strengths
and development opportunities. We continue to track the
demonstration of our NWOL behaviours and our people are
telling us through the leadership and engagement surveys that
they are seeing their leaders demonstrating improvements across
all five behaviours.
Employee engagement: 77%
(up from 73% in 2018)
1
In addition, we are building the capabilities critical to delivering
our strategy and to future-proofing our workforce, with a focus on
investing in our pipeline of data and engineering talent with new
roles and development opportunities in data analysis and science.
During the year we launched a new social learning platform – Our
Way of Learning (OWL). Combining the functionality of a search
engine and a social learning network, OWL offers employees free
access to internal subject matter experts at ANZ and external
content providers and user-generated content. OWL can be
accessed by our people anywhere, anytime, and on any device.
In 2019 our people undertook almost 1.5 million hours of learning
to increase their skills and capabilities, including self-directed
learning through OWL.
Our people continued
?
Diversity, inclusion and wellbeing
We are making progress on our priority to build an engaged, diverse
and inclusive workforce. We want our workforce to reflect the
communities we serve and believe that leveraging the diversity of our
people will allow us to innovate and improve customer experience.
This year our efforts have focused on enabling social and economic
participation through providing employment opportunities for
people from under-represented groups (including Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islanders, people with disability and refugees). Overall,
we are broadly on-track to meet our target to recruit >1,000 people
from these groups by the end of FY20, reaching 734 since 2016.
Our Spectrum Program is designed to offer employment
opportunities to the autism community (sometimes described as
part of the neurodivergent community) to build fulfilling careers
in areas such as cyber security, coding and testing. This year we
welcomed additional participants and nearly half of our original
cohort moved into permanent ongoing employment with ANZ.
734 people employed from
under-represented groups
(since 2016)
We recognise that addressing the barriers preventing women
from being fairly represented in senior roles is the key to closing
our gender pay gap. We have a target in place to increase the
representation of Women in Leadership to 34.1%
2
by the end of the
financial year 2020. This year representation has increased by 0.5%
(up from 32% as at September 2018). Our progress is monitored
monthly by the CEO and an Executive Committee.
A summary of our policy position on Diversity and Inclusion can
be found at anz.com/corporate governance.
We continue to make strong progress in supporting our people’s
safety and wellbeing. Our Health and Safety policy, and associated
programs, ensure that we provide an environment that enables
employees to participate fully in the workplace and perform at their
best. This year we have increased our focus on employee wellbeing,
encompassing the areas of mental, physical, social and financial
wellbeing.
We also provide opportunities for our people to contribute to the
communities in which they live and work through our giving and
volunteering programs. For further detail see page 30.
1.
Against a target of improving by 6% to 80% by 2020 (against a 2016 baseline score of 74%).
2.
Measures representation at the Senior Manager, Executive and Senior Executive levels. Includes all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (who are included in FTE).
Supplementary disclosures
Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for
further detail.
Refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs
in December for further disclosures, including historical
data tables.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
26
Since it was founded in 2009 it has helped more than 1,500 young
people build stability and health back into their lives, while gaining
work experience and hospitality qualifications from regular training
across STREAT’s businesses.
“We have seven cafes, a bakery, a coffee roastery and a daily
catering business and we generate 80 percent of our own income
through these businesses,” says Bec Scott OAM, STREAT co-founder
and Chief Executive Officer.
STREAT’s newest location is a café housed inside ANZ’s campus
at 839 Collins Street in Melbourne.
Our decision to partner with a social enterprise was a deliberate
and considered one. With the opening of our new building this
year there was an opportunity to look at the tendering process
differently and select a partner that aligned directly with our own
values and purpose.
Having a large group of our employees within such close quarters
of the café helps the young people with their work experience.
“STREAT works to create healthy people and a healthy planet.
When you buy a coffee from us you’re creating training and
employment opportunities for marginalised young Victorians,
helping create change in coffee farming communities around the
world and saving tonnes of disposable paper cups going to landfill
each year.” says Bec.
Trainees completing STREAT’s six month intensive program will
spend two shifts a week at one of STREAT’s cafés. Bec says a strong
rapport is built within the office environment over that time and
corporate staff often ask about the trainees after they graduate.
Left to right: Ryan McDonald – Cafe Operations Manager, STREAT, Bec Scott OAM –
STREAT co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Elise Bennetts – Chief Relationship
Officer, STREAT
Social enterprise STREAT provides a bridge to employment
for young people experiencing disadvantage.
COMMUNITY STORY
Cafe partnership helping to break
the cycle of disadvantage
Since 2009
STREAT has helped
more than 1,500
young people
27
In 2019
Our community
Strong relationships with our stakeholders and the broader community are
critical to our success. Banking is based on trust and we are working hard to
regain the community’s trust following the Royal Commission.
Our financial inclusion program
partnerships change lives
Saver Plus – developed by Brotherhood of St Laurence
and ANZ in 2003, program participants open an ANZ savings
account, set a savings goal and save towards it regularly over
10 months while also attending MoneyMinded financial
education sessions. On reaching their goal, savings are
matched by ANZ dollar for dollar, up to $500, which must be
spent on education.
Since 2003, Saver Plus has reached over 43,600 lower-income
participants and is expected to enable over $33 million of
private sector funds to be invested in education by 2020.
MoneyMinded – this program supports adults with low
levels of financial literacy and those on lower incomes across
21 markets, including Australia and New Zealand. It is delivered
by community partner organisations in Australia and New
Zealand, and a mix of community organisations and ANZ
employees in Asia and the Pacific.
MoneyBusiness – operating since 2005, MoneyBusiness is
deigned to build the money management skills and confidence
of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders. In that time it has
reached over 79,500 participants and has been delivered in
over 320 communities through either Australian Government-
funded service providers or ANZ’s partners.
42.4% of employees
volunteered
We matched employee
donations, collectively
contributing over $2 million
to charitable organisations
Employees
volunteered 134,930
hours to community
organisations
$
Improving financial wellbeing – at the core
of our strategy
Financial wellbeing contributes significantly to overall health
and wellbeing, community connectedness and economic and
social participation.
Over many years we have invested in community programs,
including Saver Plus and MoneyMinded, which have been proven
to be an important part of the financial inclusion story for lower-
income people. These programs have helped to build financial skills
and resilience, develop active savings habits and improve overall
financial wellbeing.
Links to 2019 Group
Performance Framework
Regaining the trust of the community, government
and other key stakeholders remains a major focus – our Reptrak
community sentiment indicator improved over the 12 months
to 58.8 but remains well below pre Royal Commission levels. We
have retained high scores in a number of indices:
•Corporate Confidence Index (CCI)
1
: Score above peer average
•Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI)
2
: 2019 score of 82
(2018: 83). ANZ returned to global top ten (#10 overall)
Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for
further detail.
1.
Corporate Confidence Index (CCI): Outcomes of the CCI are provided to ANZ on a confidential basis.
2.
Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI): Evaluates the sustainability performance of thousands of companies trading publicly, operated under a strategic partnership between S&P Dow Jones
Indices and RobecoSAM (Sustainable Asset Management).
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
28
More than 87,500
people participated
in our MoneyMinded
program in 2019
COMMUNITY STORY
MoneyMinded –
changing attitudes to money
$
Taghrid participated in MoneyMinded through the Brotherhood of
St Laurence’s Stepping Stones program. Stepping Stones is a micro-
enterprise program offered to women who have migrant, refugee or
asylum seeker backgrounds.
Originally from Lebanon, Taghrid arrived in Australia 10 years
ago with her husband and one-year-old daughter. Keen to start
her own business making special occasion cakes she took part
in Stepping Stones, completing MoneyMinded in the process.
MoneyMinded taught her about prioritising her spending and
deciphering between ‘needs and wants’.
She also learned about the value of having ‘emergency money’.
Since completing MoneyMinded Taghrid regularly transfers $50
into a specific savings account, ‘just like paying a bill’. With these
savings she was able to buy a replacement car when hers broke
down – before MoneyMinded she would have been without a
car for several months.
MoneyMinded has also changed her attitude to money. Taghrid is
careful with her money, but she is also finding alternatives so she
and her family are not missing out on enjoying life.
“I’m not cutting anything, I’m not suffering. But at the same time,
if I need something, I have money to buy it in a different way. I cut
my coffee, but I enrolled in a gym,” she said.
Taghrid has clear financial goals now too – a short-term goal of
saving for materials for her business and a longer-term goal for her
family to buy a home.
Image: MoneyMinded participant Taghrid
29
Our community continued
Community investment
It is important that we are a part of the communities in which we
operate, and we provide many opportunities for our people to
get involved through our community programs – volunteering,
funding and participating in community projects, or donating
through workplace giving.
The strength of our relationships with partners in the not-for-profit
sector is key to our ability to support the delivery of much needed
services to the community. Many of our partners work in areas
aligned to our priority areas of financial wellbeing, housing and
environmental sustainability.
$142.2 million in
community investment
1
Workplace giving
Our workplace giving program enables employees in Australia
to make contributions to around 30 charity partners through
regular pre-tax payroll deductions. This year we introduced
‘double matching’ – for every dollar donated by an employee
(up to $5,000 per employee in a tax year) through the program,
ANZ donates two dollars.
Our employees in New Zealand and Fiji can also donate through
payroll to their respective staff foundations (charitable trusts that
provide small grants) and ANZ double matches donations.
Volunteering
Our Volunteer Leave Policy, which applies to permanent, regular
and fixed-term employees provides for at least one day of paid
volunteer leave each year.
Supplementary disclosures
Refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs
in December for further disclosures, including historical
data tables.
Public policy debate
We seek to contribute constructively to policy debate and understand
the perspectives of our community’s elected representatives,
policy makers and regulators. We contribute to debate on business,
economic, social and environmental issues affecting our customers
and shareholders.
We work in a collaborative and open way as members of associations
that have similar interests and approaches to ours.
In 2019 our key membership payments were:
Australian Banking Association $4,045,653
Business Council of Australia $93,500
New Zealand Bankers’ Association (NZD) $294,979
Business New Zealand (NZD) $40,250
Payment to the Australian Banking Association includes our
annual fee as well as expenditure related to communications
activity, contribution to the establishment of a not-for-profit Debt
Repayment Service, industry initiatives in response to the Royal
Commission’s work, and industry reform activity such as the new
Banking Code of Practice.
Public policy advocacy
We understand that some of our stakeholders are particularly
interested in positions we hold on issues such as data security,
privacy and climate change and our membership of industry
associations that undertake advocacy on these issues.
It is not the role of any association to represent solely ANZ’s,
nor any other single member’s view. It is also not possible for
industry associations to obtain a consensus on every issue. There
is sometimes disagreement amongst members about the final
positions taken by industry associations and even if we do not
agree with it, we will participate in discussions. From time to time,
we may take positions on certain matters not supported by the
relevant industry association. For example, ANZ was the first major
bank to support a ‘last resort’ compensation scheme for victims of
misconduct. Such a scheme is now public policy.
We place high importance on the ability to hold constructive
dialogue within an association’s membership and we expect industry
associations to be receptive to member feedback regarding their
lobbying or advocacy approaches.
1.
Figure includes forgone revenue of $109 million, being the cost of providing low or fee free accounts to a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not for profit
organisations and students.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
30
Well received by investors, the bonds – a A$315 million social bond
for NHFIC and two wellbeing bonds for HNZ (NZ$500 million and
NZ$600 million) – set benchmarks as the first ever capital markets
issue for NHFIC and the first wellbeing bonds for HNZ.
A relatively new type of financing, social bonds are structured so
the proceeds fund a social purpose. In this case, owning a NHFIC
or HNZ bond is an indirect investment into Australia and New
Zealand’s social and affordable housing sector. The return is based
on the credit-worthiness of the borrower who is responsible for
directing the financing to social causes, with an obligation to
report accordingly.
Access to housing has a huge impact on people’s ability to thrive
socially and economically, as well as to feel secure and be part of
a local community.
According to ANZ CEO Shayne Elliott, “One of the areas in which
we can impact the community is in the area of housing. This is not
about charitable works, it’s about bringing the full force of ANZ,
one of the largest financial institutions in the country to bear; to
have an impact and to shape the world for good.”
Partnering with NHFIC and HNZ allowed ANZ to join forces and
draw on each organisation’s expertise in order to deliver better
outcomes for a range of stakeholders.
Left to right: Nathan Dal Bon – Chief Executive Officer, National Housing Finance and
Investment Corporation, Caryn Kakas – Head of Housing Strategy, Group Strategy,
ANZ and Tessa Dann – Associate Director, Sustainable Finance, ANZ.
This year ANZ arranged bonds for both Australia’s National Housing Finance and
Investment Corporation (NHFIC) and Housing New Zealand Corporation (HNZ),
aimed at increasing access and availability of social and affordable housing on
both sides of the Tasman.
CUSTOMER STORY
Improving access to social and affordable
housing for those most in need
A relatively new
type of financing,
social bonds are
structured so the
proceeds fund a
social purpose
31
Corporate Governance Framework
Digital Business
and Technology
Committee
Nomination and
Board Operations
Committee
Ethics, Environment,
Social and Governance
Committee
Human Resources
Committee
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
BOARD RESERVED POWERS AND DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY POLICY
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
SHAREHOLDERS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
GROUP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Governance
Our sced OuupOn oimvog
32
ANZ’s strong governance framework provides a solid structure for
effective and responsible decision making within the organisation.
The Board is responsible for the oversight of ANZ and its sound and
prudent management, with specific duties as set out in its Charter
available at anz.com/corporategovernance
There are six principal Board Committees – the Audit Committee,
the Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance Committee, the
Risk Committee, the Human Resources Committee, the Digital
Business and Technology Committee and the Nomination and Board
Operations Committee.
Each Committee has its own Charter setting out its roles and
responsibilities. At management level, the Group Executive
Committee comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. There is a
delegations of authority framework that clearly outlines those
matters delegated to the CEO and other members of senior
management.
For further detail on ANZ’s governance framework see our 2019
Corporate Governance Statement available at
anz.com/corporategovernance
Below from left to right
1 RT Hon Sir John Key, GNZM AC Independent Non-Executive Director
2 John Macfarlane Independent Non-Executive Director
3 Paula Dwyer Independent Non-Executive Director
4 David Gonski, AC
Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director
5 Graeme Liebelt Independent Non-Executive Director
6 Ilana Atlas Independent Non-Executive Director
7 Shayne Elliott Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director
8 Jane Halton, AO PSM Independent Non-Executive Director
Full biography details can be found on our website at
anz.com/directors and on pages 38–42 of this report.
Board of Directors
33
Column A – Indicates the number of meetings the Director was eligible to attend.
Column B – Indicates the number of meetings attended. The Chairman is an ex-officio
member of the Risk, Audit, Human Resources, Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance,
Digital Business and Technology and Nomination and Board Operations Committees.
With respect to Committee meetings, the table above records attendance of Committee
members. Any Director is entitled to attend these meetings and from time to time Directors
attend meetings of Committees of which they are not a member.
1.
The meetings of the Special Committee of the Board, Shares Committee and Committee of
the Board as referred to in the table above include those conducted by written resolution.
2.
The Board meeting Shayne Elliott did not attend was due to his appearance at the Royal
Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry.
3.
Lee Hsien Yang retired as a Non-Executive Director on 19 December 2018.
Directors’ Meetings
The number of Board, and Board Committee, meetings held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those meetings are set out below:
Board
Risk
Committee
Audit
Committee
Human
Resources
Committee
Ethics,
Environment,
Social and
Governance
Committee
Digital
Business
and
Te chno lo g y
Committee
Nomination
and Board
Operations
Committee
Special
Committee
of the Board
1
Committee
of the Board
1
Shares
Committee
1
ABABABABABABABABABAB
Ilana Atlas
121288665522111111
Paula Dwyer1212888866221122
Shayne Elliott
2
1211332233
David Gonski, AC
1212888866555522332244
Jane Halton, AO PSM1212665555222211
Sir John Key, GNZM AC
12128855442222
Lee Hsien Yang
3
44332211
Graeme Liebelt1212888866222222
John Macfarlane1212888855221111
Governance (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
34
Executive Committee
Below from left to right
1 Maile Carnegie
Group Executive Digital and Australia Transformation
Joined the Executive Committee on 27 June 2016.
2 Farhan Faruqui
Group Executive International
Joined the Executive Committee on 1 February 2016.
3 Gerard Florian
Group Executive Technology
Joined the Executive Committee on 30 January 2017.
4 Alexis George
Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Group Executive Wealth Australia
Joined the Executive Committee on 1 December 2016.
5 Kathryn van der Merwe
Group Executive Talent and Culture
Joined the Executive Committee on 1 May 2017.
6 Kevin Corbally
Group Chief Risk Officer
Joined the Executive Committee on 19 March 2018.
7 Mark Whelan
Group Executive Institutional
Joined the Executive Committee* on 20 October 2014.
8 Antonia Watson
Acting Chief Executive Officer New Zealand
Joined the Executive Committee on 17 June 2019.
9 Shayne Elliott
Chief Executive Officer
(appointed CEO on 1 January 2016).
Joined the Executive Committee* on 1 June 2009.
10 Michelle Jablko
Chief Financial Officer
Joined the Executive Committee on 18 July 2016.
11 Mark Hand
Group Executive Australia Retail and Commercial Banking
Joined the Executive Committee on 15 May 2018.
Full biography details can be found on our website at
anz.com/exco
*previously known as Management Board
35
Board areas of focus in FY19
This year the Board and its Committees have undertaken key
strategic, governance and oversight activities, including:
•Approving the development of a new customer focused
section of the Board agenda, including in relation to:
–Customer satisfaction, complaints and remediation
–Regulatory changes impacting customers
–ANZ’s approach to marketing and specific marketing
initiatives
•Providing oversight of ANZ’s approach to customer
remediation and complaints
•Participating in a detailed review of ANZ’s customer service
lighthouse initiative, including meeting with participating
front line staff
•Reviewing ANZ’s approach to communicating customer
initiatives to the front line
•Conducting annual Board strategy session, focused on the
long-term success of the company and learning lessons from
past experience
•Regularly discussing ANZ’s strategic priorities, including the
refinement and implementation of them, with the Chief
Executive Officer
•Regularly discussing the progress of ANZ’s transformation
of its Australian business and ANZ’s approach to it
•As part of the Board’s visit to New Zealand, receiving detailed
reports covering the entire NZ business and its direction
•Continuing its focus on ANZ’s corporate culture, including
reviewing results and key themes of ANZ’s culture
assessments and ANZ’s staff engagement survey
•Providing oversight of the design and implementation of
ANZ’s redesign and simplification of remuneration and
reward and Accountability and Consequences Frameworks,
including reviewing and providing input into the Australian
Prudential Regulation Authority’s executive remuneration
proposals
•Discussing future disruptive technologies and potential
business impact on, and involvement by, ANZ
STRATEGY AND PURPOSE-LED TRANSFORMATION
CUSTOMER
Governance (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
36
In addition to the regular meetings of the Board held in Melbourne and Sydney, the Board also met in
Wagga Wagga, Perth and Auckland, and went to Hobart, with each trip including customer, staff and
other stakeholder functions, with a distinct focus on engagement matters.
•Reviewing and approving ANZ’s self-assessment of
governance, culture and accountability practices and
subsequent roadmap of remediation activities
•Providing oversight of ANZ’s response to the final report of
the Royal Commission
•Participating in deep dives into how ANZ approaches
compliance with numerous prudential standards
•Creating a new Nomination and Board Operations
Committee, consisting of all Non-Executive Directors, to
focus on the Board’s own composition and operations
•Embedding the increased remit of the Ethics, Environment,
Social and Governance Committee to focus on ESG matters
•Reviewing and implementing improvements to Board
Committee reporting practices on technology related
matters, including in relation to technology stability and
simplicity, cloud and data governance and information and
cyber security.
•Reviewing and endorsing ANZ’s operating and strategic plans
•Regularly discussing business momentum matters
•Regularly discussing merger and acquisitions matters,
including in relation to the progress of the transactions
regarding the sale of its Wealth business
•Providing oversight of capital management matters, including
in relation to proposals from the Reserve Bank of New Zealand,
the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority and current and
future capital management options for ANZ
•Reviewing ANZ’s governance processes for the preparation
of its financial statements
FINANCIAL
GOVERNANCE AND REGULATORY
37
Directors’ Qualifications, Experience
and Special Responsibilities
As at the date of this report, the Board comprises
seven Non-Executive Directors and one Executive
Director, the Chief Executive Officer. Lee Hsien Yang
was a Non-Executive Director from February 2009
until his retirement in December 2018. The names of
the current Directors, together with details of their
qualifications, experience and special responsibilities
are set out below.
Audit Committee
Ethics, Environment, Social and
Governance Committee
Risk Committee
Human Resources Committee
Digital Business and Technology Committee
Nomination and Board Operations Committee
POSITION
Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BCom, LLB, FAICD(Life), FCPA
RESPONSIBILITIES
Chairman since 1 May 2014 and a Non-Executive Director
since February 2014. David is an ex officio member of all
Board Committees and Chair of the Ethics, Environment,
Social and Governance Committee and Nomination and Board
Operations Committee.
CAREER
David started his career as a lawyer at Herbert Smith Freehills,
and is now one of Australia’s most respected business leaders
and company directors. He has business experience in
Australia and internationally, and is involved in a broad range
of organisations in the government and education sectors. He
is a leading philanthropist and provides strong community
leadership, particularly in relation to education in Australia.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: The University of New South Wales Foundation
Limited (from 2005, Director from 1999).
•Director: Sydney Airport Limited (from 2018), Lowy Institute for
International Policy (from 2012) and Australian Philanthropic
Services Limited (from 2012).
•Member: Advisory Committee for Optus Limited (from 2013).
•Chancellor: University of New South Wales Council (from 2005).
•President: Art Gallery of NSW Trust (from 2016).
RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST
THREE YEARS INCLUDE
Former Chairman: Review to Achieve Education Excellence in
Australian Schools for the Commonwealth of Australia (2017–2018),
Coca-Cola Amatil Limited (2001–2017, Director from 1997) and
Sydney Theatre Company Ltd (2010–2016).
Former Member: ASIC External Advisory Panel (2013–2019)
Age 66 years | Residence Sydney, Australia
David Gonski, AC
CHAIR
MEMBER
Governance (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
38
POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BJuris (Hons), LLB (Hons), LLM
RESPONSIBILITIES
Non-Executive Director since September 2014. Ilana is a
member of the Audit Committee, Ethics, Environment, Social
and Governance Committee and Nomination and Board
Operations Committee.
CAREER
Ilana brings a strong financial services background and legal
experience to the Board. Ilana was a partner at law firm Mallesons
Stephen Jaques (now King & Wood Mallesons), where in
addition to her practice in corporate law, she held a number of
management roles in the firm including Executive Partner, People
and Information, and Managing Partner. She also worked at
Westpac for 10 years, where her roles included Group Secretary
and General Counsel and Group Executive, People, where she
was responsible for human resources, corporate affairs and
sustainability. Ilana has a strong commitment to the community,
in particular the arts and education.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: Coca-Cola Amatil Limited (from 2017, Director
from 2011) and Jawun (from 2017, Director from 2014).
•Director: OneMarket Limited (from 2018) and Paul Ramsay
Foundation (from 2017).
•Member: Panel of Adara Partners (from 2015).
RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST
THREE YEARS INCLUDE
•Former Chairman: The Bell Shakespeare Company Limited
(2010–2016, Director 2004–2016).
•Former Director: Westfield Corporation Limited (2014–2018),
Human Rights Law Centre Ltd (2012–2017) and Treasury
Corporation of New South Wales (2013–2017).
•Former Fellow: Senate of the University of Sydney (2015–2019)
Age 65 years | Residence Sydney, Australia
POSITION
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BCom
RESPONSIBILITIES
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director since
1 January 2016.
CAREER
Shayne has over 30 years’ experience in banking in Australia
and overseas, in all aspects of the industry. Shayne joined ANZ as
CEO Institutional in June 2009, and was appointed Chief Financial
Officer in 2012.
Prior to joining ANZ, Shayne held senior executive roles at EFG
Hermes, the largest investment bank in the Middle East, which
included Chief Operating Officer. He started his career with
Citibank New Zealand and worked with Citibank/Citigroup for
20 years, holding various senior positions across the UK, USA,
Egypt, Australia and Hong Kong.
Shayne is a Director of the Financial Markets Foundation for
Children and a member of the Australian Banking Association
(which he also Chairs) and the Business Council of Australia.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: Australian Banking Association (from 2017,
Member from 2016).
•Director: ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (from 2009) and the
Financial Markets Foundation for Children (from 2016).
•Member: Business Council of Australia (from 2016).
Age 55 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia
Shayne Elliott
Ilana Atlas
CHAIR
MEMBER
39
Jane Halton, AO PSM
POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BA (Hons) Psychology, FIML, FIPAA, NAM, Hon. FAAHMS,
Hon. FACHSE, Hon. DLitt (UNSW)
RESPONSIBILITIES
Non-Executive Director since October 2016. Jane is a member
of the Human Resources Committee, Ethics, Environment,
Social and Governance Committee and Nomination and Board
Operations Committee.
CAREER
Jane’s 33 year career in the public service includes the positions
of Secretary of the Australian Department of Finance, Secretary
of the Australian Department of Health, Secretary for the
Department of Health and Ageing, and Executive Co-ordinator
(Deputy Secretary) of the Department of the Prime Minister and
Cabinet. She brings to the Board extensive experience in finance,
insurance, risk management, information technology, human
resources, health and ageing and public policy. She also has
significant international experience.
Jane has contributed extensively to community health through
local and international organisations including the World Health
Organisation and National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
Health Council.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: Vault Systems (from 2017), Coalition for Epidemic
Preparedness Innovations (Norway) (from 2018, Member from
2016) and Council on the Ageing Australia (from 2017).
•Director: Clayton Utz (from 2017) and Crown Resorts Limited
(from 2018).
•Member: Executive Board of the Institute of Health Metrics and
Evaluation at the University of Washington (from 2007).
•Adjunct Professor: University of Sydney and University of
Canberra.
•Council Member: Australian Strategic Policy Institute (from 2016).
RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST THREE
YEARS INCLUDE
•Former Chairman: OECD Asian Senior Budget Officials Network
(2014–2016).
•Former Public Policy Fellow: ANU Crawford School of Public
Policy (2012–2016).
Age 59 years | Residence Canberra, Australia
POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BCom, FCA, SF Fin, FAICD
RESPONSIBILITIES
Non-Executive Director since April 2012. Paula is a member
of the Risk Committee, Human Resources Committee and
Nomination and Board Operations Committee.
CAREER
Paula has extensive experience in financial markets, corporate
finance, risk management and investments, having held
senior executive roles at Calibre Asset Management, Ord
Minnett (now J P Morgan) and at Price Waterhouse (now
PricewaterhouseCoopers). Her career as a company director spans
financial services, investment, insurance, healthcare, gambling
and entertainment, fast moving consumer goods, property and
construction and retailing sectors. Paula has a strong interest in
education and medical research, having served as a member
of the Geelong Grammar School Council and the Business and
Economics Faculty at the University of Melbourne and as Deputy
Chairman of Baker IDI.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: Tabcorp Holdings Limited (from 2011, Director from
2005), Healthscope Limited (from 2014) and Kin Group Advisory
Board (from 2014).
•Director: Lion Pty Ltd (from 2012) and Allianz Australia Limited
(from 2019).
•Member: Kirin International Advisory Board (from 2012) and
Australian Government Takeovers Panel (from 2017).
Age 59 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia
Paula Dwyer
CHAIR
MEMBER
CHAIR
MEMBER
Governance (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
40
POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BEc (Hons), FAICD, FTSE, FIML
RESPONSIBILITIES
Non-Executive Director since July 2013. Graeme is a member
of the Audit Committee, Human Resources Committee and
Nomination and Board Operations Committee.
CAREER
Graeme brings to the Board his experience of a 23 year
executive career with Orica Limited (including a period as
Chief Executive Officer), a global mining services company
with operations in more than 50 countries. He has extensive
international experience and a strong record of achievement
as a senior executive, including in strategy development and
implementation.
Graeme is committed to global trade and cooperation, as well
as community education.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: Amcor Limited (from 2013, Director from 2012)
•Director: Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
(from 2012) and Carey Baptist Grammar School (from 2012).
RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST
THREE YEARS INCLUDE
•Former Chairman: DuluxGroup Limited (2018–2019,
Director from 2016).
Age 65 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia
Rt Hon Sir John Key,
GNZM AC
Graeme Liebelt
POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BCom, DCom (Honoris Causa)
RESPONSIBILITIES
Non-Executive Director since February 2018. Sir John is a
member of the Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance
Committee, Risk Committee, Digital Business and Technology
Committee and Nomination and Board Operations Committee.
CAREER
Sir John was Prime Minister of New Zealand from 2008 to 2016,
having commenced his political career in 2002. Sir John had a
long career in international finance, primarily for Bankers Trust in
New Zealand and Merrill Lynch in Singapore, London and Sydney.
He was previously a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee
of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (from 1999 to 2001).
Sir John was made a Knight Grand Companion of the New
Zealand Order of Merit in the 2017 Queen’s Birthday Honours. In
2017 Sir John became a Companion of the Order of Australia for
advancing the Australia-New Zealand bilateral relationship.
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
•Chairman: ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (from 2018, Director
from 2017).
•Director: Air New Zealand Limited (from 2017) and Palo Alto
Networks (from 2019).
RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST
THREE YEARS INCLUDE
•Former Chairman: The International Democratic Union
(2014–2018).
Age 58 years | Residence Auckland, New Zealand.
CHAIR
MEMBER
MEMBER
41
Company Secretaries’
Qualifications and Experience
POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director
QUALIFICATIONS
BCom, MCom (Hons)
RESPONSIBILITIES
Non-Executive Director since May 2014. John is a member of
the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Digital Business and
Technology Committee and Nomination and Board Operations
Committee.
CAREER
John is one of Australia’s most experienced international bankers
having previously served as Executive Chairman of Deutsche
Bank Australia and New Zealand, and CEO of Deutsche Bank
Australia. John has also worked in the USA, Japan and PNG, and
brings to the Board a depth of banking experience in ANZ’s
key markets in Australia, New Zealand and the Asia Pacific. He
is committed to community health, and is a Director of the
Aikenhead Centre of Medical Discovery Limited (from 2016).
RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
Director: Craigs Investment Partners Limited (from 2013), Colmac
Group Pty Ltd (from 2014), AGInvest Holdings Limited (MyFarm
Limited) (from 2014, Chairman 2014–2016), Balmoral Pastoral
Investments (from 2017) and L1 Long Short Fund (from 2018).
RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST
THREE YEARS INCLUDE
Former Director: St Vincent’s Institute of Medical Research
(2008–2019)
Age 59 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia
John Macfarlane
MEMBER
Ken Adams
POSITION
Group General Counsel
QUALIFICATIONS
BA, LLB, LLM
Ken joined ANZ as Group General Counsel in August 2019, having
assisted it with major legal issues for over 10 years. Prior to ANZ,
Ken was a Partner of Freehills and later Herbert Smith Freehills
for 21 years, and for 6 years was a member of the Herbert Smith
Freehills Global Board. Ken is one of Australia’s leading commercial
lawyers with significant experience in class actions, and complex
problems requiring strategic and multi-disciplinary analysis. He
holds a Master of Laws from the University of Melbourne and is a
co-author of Class Actions in Australia.
Simon Pordage
POSITION
Company Secretary
QUALIFICATIONS
LLB (Hons), FGIA, FCIS
Simon joined ANZ in May 2016. He is a Chartered Secretary and
has extensive company secretarial and corporate governance
experience. From 2009 to 2016 he was Company Secretary
for Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited and a
number of other listed investment companies. Other former roles
include being Deputy Company Secretary for ANZ and Head of
Board Support for Barclays PLC in the United Kingdom. Simon
is committed to the promotion of good corporate governance.
He is a former National President and Chairman of Governance
Institute of Australia, and is a member and former Chairman of
its National Legislation Review Committee, and regularly presents
on governance issues.
Currently there are two people appointed as
Company Secretaries of the Company. Details
of their roles are contained in the Corporate
Governance Statement.
Their qualifications and experience are as follows:
Governance (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
42
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Willie Smith’s Organic Apples and Cider is a family-run business in Huonville,
Tasmania. The family started apple farming in 1888 and the business has since
evolved into a premium supplier of organic apples, cider and spirits.
CUSTOMER STORY
Growing business sustainably
We have had
a banking
relationship with
Willie Smith’s for
more than
100 years
Over the years they have faced many challenges, including
bushfires and the collapse of Tasmania’s apple export industry
in 1973 (the result of Britain joining the European Common
Market). In response, Ian Smith, a third-generation orchardist, built
controlled-atmosphere cool stores and began exporting to Asia in
the 1980s.
More recently his son Andrew has converted the orchard into an
organic farm, in the belief that growing food without the need
for chemical fertilisers and pesticides is better for their land, their
customers and the Tasmanian environment.
Willie Smith’s has had a banking relationship with ANZ for more
than 100 years. In June this year members of our Board and
Executive visited the cider production facilities and packing shed,
meeting with the workers and learning about what matters to
them and their local community.
“I have worked hard to evolve Willie Smiths into a vertically
integrated agribusiness in the last twenty years. The key
ingredients have been innovation, hard work and good
relationships. I feel confident and comfortable in our working
relationship with ANZ,” said Andrew.
Supporting the agricultural sector is an important part of ANZ’s
history, and banking customers like Willie Smith’s aligns with our
focus on helping our customers grow their business sustainably.
Image: Andrew Smith
43
Risk management
Sound risk management plays a critical role in positioning us to
prepare for, and respond to, opportunities and challenges in our
operating environment.
Our progress
This year we have continued to strengthen our risk management
capabilities, focusing on:
Culture and conduct
•We have initiated a programme of work to build out how we will
measure, monitor and manage conduct risk to allow us to better
understand and respond to the drivers of poor conduct. This
has included introducing new accountability and consequence
principles for employees found accountable for material
failure and non-compliance as well as recognising positive risk
behaviours in our annual performance and remuneration reviews.
•We have raised employee awareness about our whistleblower
processes and made it easier for them to ‘speak up’– including
through initiatives such as the inaugural Whistleblower Awareness
Week this year.
Simplification
•Investment has been made in our risk systems, including
enhancing our data analytics to improve our ability to identify
issues, and more swiftly understand the root causes.
•Standardisation and simplification of our wholesale risk practices
and policies has helped significantly improve time responsiveness
thereby delivering a better banker and customer experience.
Non-financial risk
•We have redesigned our non-financial risk framework in response
to feedback that it was too complex. Significant work has been
undertaken to simplify our language around operational risk,
consolidate our framework documentation, and clarify the
requirements and roles and responsibilities of our staff.
•We have established a Royal Commission and Self-Assessment
Oversight Group to provide oversight of the integrated approach
and plans to address the Self-Assessment focus areas and Royal
Commission ‘lessons’. This includes, for example, commissioning
and reviewing reports on progress in addressing the Self-
Assessment focus areas, our 16 Royal Commission commitments
and actions by government to respond to the Royal Commission.
The successful delivery of the bank’s strategy is dependent on sound risk
management. All of the bank’s activities involve – to varying degrees – the analysis,
evaluation, acceptance and management of risks or a combination of risks.
Our Risk Management Framework
The Board is responsible for establishing and overseeing the Group’s
risk management framework. The Board has delegated authority
to the Board Risk Committee (BRC) to develop and monitor
compliance with the Group’s risk management policies.
The Committee reports regularly to the Board on its activities.
The key pillars of the Group’s risk management framework include:
•the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS), which sets out the Board’s
expectations regarding the degree of risk that the Group is
prepared to accept in pursuing its strategic objectives and its
operating plan; and
•the Risk Management Statement (RMS), which describes the
Group’s strategy for managing risks and a summary of the key
elements of the Risk Management Framework (RMF) that give
effect to that strategy. The RMS includes: a description of each
material risk; and an overview of how the RMF addresses each risk,
with reference to the relevant policies, standards and procedures.
It also includes information on how the Group identifies,
measures, evaluates, monitors, reports and then either controls or
mitigates material risks.
The Group operates a Three Lines-of-Defence Model in regard to risk
management that helps embed a culture where risk is everyone’s
responsibility. The business – as the first line of defence – has day to
day ownership of risks and controls and is accountable for identifying
and managing its own risks. The Risk Function is the second line
of defence, providing a strong and independent oversight of the
work undertaken to manage the risk, as well as developing and
maintaining the Risk Management Framework.
The final line of defence is Internal Audit and includes independent
assurance that evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of both first
and second line risk management approaches.
Links to 2019 Group
Performance Framework
We continue to operate in a dynamic and challenging
external and regulatory environment placing significant
demands on the Risk and Compliance function. There were
no material breaches of our Group Risk Appetite Statement,
and the number of adverse audits fell by a third with
management demonstrating accountability for fixing issues
in a timely and sustainable manner. While there were many
positives from a risk perspective there were some non-
financial risk shortcomings from a regulatory, customer and
community perspective.
Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for
further detail.
“ Strong risk management is a necessity
if we are to anticipate and navigate
ANZ through a changing environment.”
Kevin Corbally – Group Chief Risk Officer
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
44
Fighting financial crime
Financial crime threats continue to evolve,
as do the regulatory measures required to
address them. In response we have:
•invested heavily in capturing and
understanding financial crime data and infrastructure,
upgrading sanctions and fraud platforms;
•implemented a network data analysis tool, improving our
ability to collaborate with external parties to fight financial
crime; and
•focused on the growth and development of employees,
developing a gap analysis tool to inform our thinking on
the current and future capabilities required of our people
to combat financial crime.
The governance and oversight of risk, whilst embedded in day
to day activities, is also the focus of committees and regular
forums across the bank (see diagram below). The committees
and forums discuss and monitor known and emerging risks,
reviewing management plans and monitoring progress to
address known issues.
The risk landscape is continually evolving and we are therefore
constantly reviewing issues to consider their materiality to
the bank’s operations. Two risks we are currently seeking to
understand further are:
Cyber security risk: while not new, the increasing reliance we
have on information security systems to hold our data and our
customers’ data requires us to continually invest in and test the
adequacy of our safeguards against evolving cyber attacks and
new technology. See page 20 for further detail,
Climate change risk: the financial risks associated with climate
change are subject to increasing prudential and regulatory oversight
and are therefore an area of focus for us. See pages 48 to 49 for
further detail on our approach to climate-related financial risks.
KEY MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES
Group
Regional or Country
Risk Management
Committees
Country Assets
and Liabilities
Committees
Credit and Market
Risk Committee
Group Asset and
Liability Committee
Operational Risk
Executive
Committee
Ethics and
Responsible
Business Committee
Investment
Committee
Royal Commission
and Self-Assessment
Oversight Group
Credit Ratings
System Oversight
Committee
Capital and Stress
Testing Oversight
Committee
Modelling Ratings
Working Groups
and Usage Forums
Divisional Initiatives
Review Committees
/Project Advisory
Councils
Divisional Risk
Management
Committees
Various Divisional Specific
Management Committees
Operational
Risk
Committee
Product
Committee
Division
Country
Consequence
Review Group
Divisional
Consequence
Review Groups
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
ANZ’s most senior executives meet regularly to discuss performance and review shared initiatives
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
45
Key material risks
The material risks facing the group (as per the Group’s Risk Management
Statement) and how these risks are managed, are summarised below:
Risk TypeDescriptionManaging the riskMaterial
ESG issues
1
Capital
Adequacy
Risk
The risk of loss arising from the Group failing
to maintain the level of capital required by
prudential regulators and other key stakeholders
(shareholders, debt investors, depositors, rating
agencies, etc.) to support ANZ’s consolidated
operations and risk appetite.
We pursue an active approach to Capital Management
through ongoing review, and Board approval, of the
level and composition of our capital base against key
policy objectives.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Compliance
Risk
The risk of failure to act in accordance with
laws, regulations, industry standards and
codes, internal policies and procedures and
principles of good governance as applicable
to the Group’s businesses.
Key features of how we manage Compliance Risk as
part of our Operational Risk framework include:
•centralised management of key obligations, and
emphasis on identifying changes in regulations and the
business environment, so as to enable us to proactively
assess emerging compliance risks and implement robust
reporting and certification processes.
•recognition of incident management as a separate
element to enhance ANZ’s ability to identify, manage
and report on incidents/breaches in a timely manner.
•the Whistleblower Protection Policy, allowing
employees and contractors to make confidential,
anonymous submissions regarding concerns relating
to accounting, internal control, compliance, audit and
other matters.
Credit Risk
The risk of financial loss resulting from:
•a counterparty failing to fulfil its obligations;
or
•a decrease in credit quality of a counterparty
resulting in a financial loss.
Credit Risk incorporates the risks associated
with us lending to customers who could be
impacted by climate change or by changes
to laws, regulations, or other policies adopted
by governments or regulatory authorities,
including carbon pricing and climate change
adaptation or mitigation policies.
Our Credit Risk framework is top down, being defined
by credit principles and policies. Credit policies,
requirements and procedures cover all aspects of the
credit life cycle — for example: transaction structuring,
risk grading, initial approval, ongoing management and
problem debt management, as well as specialist policy
topics.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Liquidity and
Funding Risk
The risk that the Group is unable to meet
its payment obligations as they fall due,
including:
•repaying depositors or maturing wholesale
debt; or
•the Group having insufficient capacity to
fund increases in assets.
Key principles in managing our Liquidity and Funding
Risk include:
•maintaining our ability to meet liquidity ‘survival
horizons’ under a range of stress scenarios to meet cash
flow obligations over a short to medium-term horizon;
•maintaining a strong structural funding profile; and
•maintaining a portfolio of high-quality liquid assets
to act as a source of liquidity in times of stress.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Market Risk
The risk to the Group’s earnings arising from:
•changes in any interest rates, foreign
exchange rates, credit spreads, volatility and
correlations; or
•from fluctuations in bond, commodity or
equity prices.
Our risk management and control framework for Market
Risk involves us quantifying the magnitude of market risk
within the trading and balance sheet portfolios through
independent risk measurement. This identifies the range
of possible outcomes, the likely timeframe, and the
likelihood of the outcome occurring. Then we allocate an
appropriate amount of capital to support these activities.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Risk management (continued)
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
46
1.
See page 3 for information on our material ESG issues
Risk TypeDescriptionManaging the riskMaterial
ESG issues
1
Operational
Risk
The risk of loss and/or non-compliance with
laws resulting from inadequate or failed
internal processes, people and/or systems, or
from external events. This definition includes
legal risk, and the risk of reputation loss, or
damage arising from inadequate or failed
internal processes, people and systems, but
excludes strategic risk.
We operate a Three-Lines-of-Defence Model to manage
Operational Risk, with each Line of Defence having
defined roles, responsibilities and escalation paths
to support effective communication and effective
management of our operational risk. We also have
ongoing review mechanisms to ensure our Operational
Risk framework continues to meet organisational needs
and regulatory requirements.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Reputation
Risk
The risk of loss that directly or indirectly
impacts earnings, capital adequacy or value,
that is caused by:
•adverse perceptions of the Group held
by any of customers, the community,
shareholders, investors, regulators, or rating
agencies;
•conduct risk associated with the Group’s
employees or contractors (or both); or
•the social and/or environmental impacts of
our lending decisions.
We manage Reputation Risk by maintaining a positive
and dynamic culture that:
•ensures we act with integrity; and
•enables us to build strong and trusted relationships
with customers and clients, with colleagues, and with
the broader society.
We have well established decision-making frameworks
and policies to ensure our business decisions are guided
by sound social and environmental standards that take
into account Reputation Risk.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Strategic
Risk
The risk that the Group’s business strategy and
strategic objectives may lead to an increase in
other key Material Risks — for example: Credit
Risk, Market Risk and Operational Risk.
We consider and manage strategic risks through our
annual strategic planning process, managed by the
Executive Committee and approved by the Board.
Any increase to our Key Material Risks is managed in
accordance with the risk management specified above.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Technology
Risk
The risk of loss and/or non-compliance with
laws resulting from inadequate or failed
internal processes, people and systems or
from external events impacting on IT assets,
including the compromise of an IT asset’s
confidentiality, integrity or availability.
Consistent with the management of Operational Risk,
we operate a Three-Lines-of-Defence model to manage
Technology Risk, with each Line of Defence having
defined roles, responsibilities and escalation paths
to support effective communication and effective
management of our technology risk. We also have
ongoing review mechanisms to ensure our Operational
Risk framework, which is also used to manage
Technology Risk, continues to meet organisational needs
and regulatory requirements.
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
For further information about the principal risks
and uncertainties that the Group faces, see our
‘Principal risks and Uncertainties’ disclosure
available at anz.com/shareholder/centre
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Fraud and data security
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Customer experience
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Fairness and ethical conduct
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Corporate governance
How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons
Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon
New icons/infographics
Digital innovation
47
Our approach to climate change
We seek to provide investors and other
stakeholders with information enabling
them to assess the adequacy of our
approach to climate change and our
ability to manage the associated risks
and opportunities.
This is the third year we have reported using the recommendations
of the Financial Stability Board Taskforce on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD). For detailed information see ‘ANZ 2019 climate-
related financial disclosures’ on anz.com/annualreport.
Engaging with our customers on their transition plans
Throughout 2019 we have analysed the carbon disclosures of over 80 of our largest emitting customers and
engaged with 29 of these to support them to establish, and where appropriate, strengthen existing low carbon
transition plans.
This engagement will inform the development of a model applicable to our broader customer base enabling us to encourage customers
to improve the management and disclosure of their climate-related risks and opportunities.
Within each industry our customers have different starting points. Both through customer discussions and reviews of public disclosures
we are developing a better understanding of our customers’ preparation for, and management of, their most likely climate-related risks
and opportunities. Insights we have gained from these customer conversations include:
In 2019 we have focused on:
Training our people on climate-related
risks and opportunities
Engaging with our largest-emitting
customers on their transition plans
Feeding the results of our customer
engagement into our assessments of individual
customers and carbon-intensive portfolios,
in particular the energy, transport, buildings and
food, beverage and agricultural sectors
Energy: our engagement in this sector is initially focused on
customers with thermal coal operations. Some customers see
continuing strong demand for high-quality, low-cost Australian
thermal coal that will be used in recently built or planned
high efficiency, lower emissions (HELE) plants across Asia; their
strategy is focused on developing high quality thermal coal
assets and they are committed to improving their external
disclosures. Other customers have undertaken scenario analysis
(aligned with TCFD recommendations), revealing that some of
their commodities perform worst under a low-carbon transition;
in response they are directing limited expenditure to thermal
coal and most of this is in maintenance capital rather than
expansion. Some companies are also starting to work with
their suppliers and customers to seek to reduce the emissions
associated with the use of their mining commodities, ie ‘Scope 3’
emissions.
Transport: a significant customer has ambitious plans to expand
their electric vehicle fleet in Australia and is building a new
distribution centre that will integrate rooftop solar and electric
vehicle charging bays. They also plan to enter a renewable energy
power purchase agreement (PPA) to lower their carbon footprint
and shield themselves from price volatility.
Buildings: a number of customers have established net-zero
carbon targets that will be achieved largely through improved
energy efficiency and onsite solar installations, setting time bound
goals to achieve this by 2030.
Food, beverage and agriculture: for many of our agribusiness
and food producers, the physical risks of climate change (e.g.,
water availability and supply) represent the most material and
immediate risk to their business, rather than transition risks.
We have observed these customers are increasingly focused
on managing climate-related risks by committing to reduce or
remove deforestation from their operations and supply chains.
EnergyTransportBuildingsFood, beverage
and agriculture
Risk management (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
48
Our progress on the TCFD
TCFD themeOur progress to dateFocus areas – 2020/21Beyond 2020 vision
Governance
•Board Risk Committee oversees management of
climate-related risks
•Board Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance
Committee approves climate-related objectives, goals
and targets
•Ethics and Responsible Business Committee (executive
management) oversees our approach to sustainability
and reviews climate-related risks
•Align with regulatory
guidance on climate-related
risk governance, including
stress testing of selected
portfolios
•An enhanced risk
management framework
that is responsive
to climate change,
and meets financial
regulators’ requirements
Strategy
•ANZ’s Climate Change Statement (available on anz.com)
reaffirms support for the Paris Agreement goals and
transition to a net-zero carbon economy
•Managing the net-zero carbon transition focuses on an
orderly and just transition that gives careful consideration
to the impacts on communities
•Participation in a United Nations Environment Program
Finance Industry (UNEP FI) working group on TCFD scenario
analysis that issued recommendations and methods to
assess portfolio transition and physical risks
•Low carbon products and services within our Institutional
business focused on climate-related opportunities
•Analysis of flood-related risks for our home loan portfolio in
a major regional location of Australia
•Test-pilot of socio-economic indicators showing financial
resilience of home loan customers with respect to flood risk
•Consider extending scenario
analysis to incorporate
bushfire, flood and other risks
relating to retail customers
•Possible extension of
emerging environmental and
climate-related risks to other
segments of the home loan
portfolio
•Include climate risk reference
in agriculture related lending
guidance documents used
by our front line bankers
•ANZ business strategy
more closely aligned to a
resilient and sustainable
economy that supports
the Paris Agreement
goals and Sustainable
Development Goals
Risk
management
•Climate change risk added to Group and Institutional Risk
Appetite Statements
•Climate change identified as a Principal Risk and Uncertainty in
our UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR) Submission
•Guidelines and training provided to over 1,000 of our
Institutional bankers on customers’ transition plan discussions
•Enhanced financial analysis and stronger credit approval
terms applied to agricultural property purchases in regions
of low average rainfall or measured variability
•New agribusiness customers assessed for financial resilience
and understanding of rainfall and climate trends in their
area, and water budgets considered if irrigating
•Encouraging customers to
develop and disclose their
transition plans in key sectors
energy, transport, buildings
and food, beverage and
agriculture
•Customer engagement
to identify customer or
sector-specific transition
or physical risks
•Integrate assessment
of climate-related risks
into our Group risk
management framework
•Standard discussions
with business customers
include climate-related
risks and opportunities
•Assessment of customer
transition plans part
of standard lending
decisions and portfolio
analysis
Metrics and
targets
•Support 100 of our largest emitting customers
1
to establish
or strengthen low carbon transition plans by 2021, with
metrics developed to track progress
•Exceeded our 5-year $15 billion target to fund and facilitate
low carbon and environmentally sustainable solutions
•Power Purchase Agreement to increase renewable energy
use in our Australian operations
•Ongoing emissions reduction targets for ANZ energy use
aligned with the Paris Agreement goals
•Complete transition plan
engagement with high
emitting customers and
consider how to integrate
into customer assessments
•New 6-year $50 billion
target to fund and facilitate
sustainable solutions
•New metrics for measuring
impact of our progress on
environmental sustainability
•New target to procure 100%
renewable electricity for
ANZ’s operations by 2025
•Monitor industry
standards for lending
aligned with the Paris
Agreement goals
•Reduce ANZ’s
operational emissions
in line with the
decarbonisation
trajectory of the Paris
Agreement goals
1.
In the energy, transport, buildings and food, beverage and agricultural sectors.
49
CUSTOMER STORY
Sustainable finance market
continues to grow
$
These loans are differentiated by how the proceeds are used. Green loans
require borrowers to invest in ‘green’ assets such as green buildings, renewable
energy or low carbon transport projects. Sustainability-linked loans can be
used for general corporate purposes with pricing designed to incentivise
improved sustainability performance – for example, reducing emissions and
improving employee wellbeing.
In the past year, ANZ has arranged and funded the first ever sustainability
linked loan in Australia for Adelaide Airport, and the first Climate Bonds
Initiative certified green loan in Australia for Investa Commercial Property Fund.
We also acted as joint sustainability co-ordinator and bookrunner on a $1.4
billion sustainability-linked loan for Sydney Airport – the first syndicated facility
of its kind in Australia as well as the largest in Asia Pacific and the airport sector
to date. Pricing of the loan is attached to Sydney Airport’s ESG performance,
as measured by an independent third party. Sustainability initiatives include
investment in electric vehicles, an ambition to achieve carbon neutrality by
2025 and cutting carbon emissions per passenger by 50 percent from 2010
levels by 2025.
In a first for the New Zealand market, we also led the successful completion of
a NZ$50 million sustainability-linked loan for dairy company Synlait Milk Ltd.
“Linking our financial arrangements to our ESG performance made perfect
sense”, said Nigel Greenwood, Synlait Chief Financial Officer. “It reinforces to
our shareholders and stakeholders that we are committed to continuously
improving our performance and disclosure, and aligns with our company
purpose.”
ANZ expects companies will become more receptive to these types of
sustainable finance products as climate change and sustainable development
move into the fore of their corporate strategies and risk assessment.
Images supplied by Synlait Milk Ltd
Following the growth of green bonds in the past three to
four years, the Australian and New Zealand sustainable
finance market continues to accelerate with the emergence
of loans in both green and sustainability-linked formats.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
50
In a first for New Zealand, we led
the completion of a NZ$50 million
sustainability linked loan for dairy
company, Synlait Milk Ltd
51
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
52 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
GROUP PERFORMANCE
The results of the Group’s operations and financial position are set out on pages 52-64. Page 9 outlines the Group’s strategy and pages
10-23 describes in further detail the Group’s prospects in terms of future financial position and performance. Discussion of our approach
and progress to risk management, including a summary of our key material risks is outlined on pages 44-49.
Statutory profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2019 decreased 7% on the prior year to $5,953 million. Statutory return on
equity is 10% and statutory earnings per share is 210.0 cents, a decrease of 5% on prior year.
GROUP PROFIT RESULTS
2019 2018
Statutory Cash Statutory Cash
Income Statement $m $m $m $m
Net Interest Income
14,339 14,339
14,514 14,514
Other operating income
4,446 4,690
5,470 4,853
Operating income
18,785 19,029
19,984 19,367
Operating expenses
(9,071) (9,071)
(9,401) (9,401)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,714 9,958
10,583 9,966
Credit impairment charge
(794) (795)
(688) (688)
Profit before income tax
8,920 9,163
9,895 9,278
Income tax expense
(2,609) (2,678)
(2,784) (2,775)
Non-controlling interests
(15) (15)
(16) (16)
Profit after tax from continuing operations 6,296 6,470
7,095 6,487
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(343) (309)
(695) (682)
Profit for the year 5,953 6,161
6,400 5,805
The Group uses cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, to assess the performance of its business activities. It is an industry-wide measure which
enables comparison with our peer group. We calculate cash profit by adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. In general, it represents the
financial performance of our core business activities. We use cash profit internally to set targets and incentivise our Senior Executives and
leaders through our remuneration plans.
Refer to page 53 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.
Cash profit is not subject to audit by the external auditor. Our external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that adjustments between
statutory and cash profit have been determined on a consistent basis across each of the periods presented.
As a result of the sale of our OnePath pensions and investment (OnePath P&I) and aligned dealer groups (ADG) businesses to IOOF Holdings
Limited and our life insurance business to Zurich Financial Services Australia, the financial results of these businesses and associated Group
reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective (refer to page 61).
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
We believe cash profit from continuing operations is particularly important as we continue to strategically reposition ourselves to create a
simpler, better capitalised, better balanced and more agile bank.
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
Performance
Overview
2019
2018
2019
2018
19,0299,071
19,3679,401
Total Operating
Income – cash
1
($m)
2019
2018
6,470
6,487
Cash profit
1
($m)Operating Expenses –
cash
1
($m)
2019
2018
227.6
223.4
Earnings per Share –
cash
1
(cents)
2019
2018
11.4%
11.4%
Common Equity
Tier 1 (%)
2019
2018
2019
2018
795
688
Credit Impairment
Charge – cash
1
($m)
Return on
Equity– cash
1
(%)
2019
2018
160
160
Dividend per
share (cents)
11.0%
10.9%
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
52 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
GROUP PERFORMANCE
The results of the Group’s operations and financial position are set out on pages 52-64. Page 9 outlines the Group’s strategy and pages
10-23 describes in further detail the Group’s prospects in terms of future financial position and performance. Discussion of our approach
and progress to risk management, including a summary of our key material risks is outlined on pages 44-49.
Statutory profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2019 decreased 7% on the prior year to $5,953 million. Statutory return on
equity is 10% and statutory earnings per share is 210.0 cents, a decrease of 5% on prior year.
GROUP PROFIT RESULTS
2019 2018
Statutory Cash Statutory Cash
Income Statement $m $m $m $m
Net Interest Income
14,339 14,339
14,514 14,514
Other operating income
4,446 4,690
5,470 4,853
Operating income
18,785 19,029
19,984 19,367
Operating expenses
(9,071) (9,071)
(9,401) (9,401)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,714 9,958
10,583 9,966
Credit impairment charge
(794) (795)
(688) (688)
Profit before income tax
8,920 9,163
9,895 9,278
Income tax expense
(2,609) (2,678)
(2,784) (2,775)
Non-controlling interests
(15) (15)
(16) (16)
Profit after tax from continuing operations 6,296 6,470
7,095 6,487
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(343) (309)
(695) (682)
Profit for the year 5,953 6,161
6,400 5,805
The Group uses cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, to assess the performance of its business activities. It is an industry-wide measure which
enables comparison with our peer group. We calculate cash profit by adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. In general, it represents the
financial performance of our core business activities. We use cash profit internally to set targets and incentivise our Senior Executives and
leaders through our remuneration plans.
Refer to page 53 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.
Cash profit is not subject to audit by the external auditor. Our external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that adjustments between
statutory and cash profit have been determined on a consistent basis across each of the periods presented.
As a result of the sale of our OnePath pensions and investment (OnePath P&I) and aligned dealer groups (ADG) businesses to IOOF Holdings
Limited and our life insurance business to Zurich Financial Services Australia, the financial results of these businesses and associated Group
reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective (refer to page 61).
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
We believe cash profit from continuing operations is particularly important as we continue to strategically reposition ourselves to create a
simpler, better capitalised, better balanced and more agile bank.
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
52
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 53
ADJUSTMENTS BETWEEN STATUTORY AND CASH PROFIT
1
Description of adjustments between continuing operations statutory profit and cash profit:
Adjustment Reason for the adjustment
Revaluation of policy
liabilities – OnePath
Life (NZ)
2019: $77 million
2018: ($14) million
When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect
the present value of the obligation, with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being
reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes the impact on the re-measurement of insurance contracts
attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory profit to remove the volatility
attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of insurance contracts. With the
sale completion of the OnePath Life (NZ) Ltd business, the 2019 financial year includes the reversal of life-to-date
cash profit adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold increasing cash profit by $81 million.
Economic and
revenue and expense
hedges
2019: $99 million
2018: ($257) million
The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange ris
k which, in
accordance with accounting standards, result in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income
Statement. ANZ removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit or loss resulting from the
hedge transactions will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the economically hedged item as
part of cash profit. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of derivatives not designated in
accounting hedge relationships but which are considered to be economic hedges, including hedges of foreign
currency debt issuances and foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD and
USD (and USD correlated), as well as ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedges.
Structured credit
intermediation
trades
2019: ($2) million
2018: ($4) million
ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades prior to the Global Financial Crisis with eight
US financial guarantors. This involved selling credit default swaps (CDSs) as protection over specific debt structures
and purchasing CDS protection over the same structures. ANZ has subsequently exited its positions with six US
financial guarantors. The remaining two portfolios with a $0.3 billion notional value are being monitored with a
view to reducing the exposures when ANZ deems it cost effective relative to the perceived risk associated with a
specific trade or counterparty.
Sale of SRCB
2019: nil
2018: ($333) million
On 3 January 2017, The Group announced that it had agreed to sell its 20% stake in Shanghai Rural Commercial
Bank (SRCB). The impact of SRCB has been treated as an adjustment between statutory profit to cash profit. The
rationale being the loss on reclassification to held for sale was expected to be largely offset by the release of
reserve gains on sale completion within the 2017 year. The transaction was subsequently completed in the 2018
full year, and the entire impact of the transaction was recognised in cash profit.
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
6,296
2019 Statutory
profit –
continuing
operations
6,470
2019 Cash
profit –
continuing
operations
Economic and
revenue
and expense
hedges
99
Revaluation
of policy
liabilities
77
Structured
credit
intermediation
trades
(2)
ADJUSTMENTS BETWEEN STATUTORY AND CASH PROFIT
1
53
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
54 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
CASH PROFIT PERFORMANCE
1
GROUP PERFORMANCE – CASH PROFIT
2019 2018
$m $m Movt
Net Interest Income
14,339
14,514 -1%
Other operating income
4,690
4,853 -3%
Operating income
19,029
19,367 -2%
Operating expenses
(9,071)
(9,401) -4%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,958
9,966 0%
Credit impairment charge
(795)
(688) 16%
Profit before income tax
9,163
9,278 -1%
Income tax expense
(2,678)
(2,775) -3%
Non-controlling interests
(15)
(16) -6%
Profit after tax from continuing operations 6,470
6,487 0%
Cash profit from continuing operations decreased $17 million (0%) compared with the 2018 financial year.
Net interest income decreased $175 million (-1%) largely due to lower interest rates and competitive pressures resulting in a 11 basis point
decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by 5% growth in average interest earning assets. The lower net interest margin reflects
growth in lower margin Markets Balance Sheet activities, higher proportionate growth in the lower Institutional business, customer
switching to principal and interest in Australia home loans, deposit margin compression and lower earnings on capital, partially offset by the
impact of home loans repricing. The increase in average interest earning assets reflects growth in Institutional banking portfolios and home
loan growth in the New Zealand division.
Other operating income decreased $163 million (-3%) largely as the result of net divestment impacts of $198 million, a $120 million
decrease in net fee and commission income, and $130 million decrease primarily in other income attributable to realised losses on
economic hedges against foreign currency denominated revenue streams (which offset favourable foreign currency translations elsewhere
in the Group) and a reduction in income from the lenders mortgage insurance business. This was partially offset by higher Markets other
operating income of $154 million, a $79 million increase in share of associate’s profit and a $52 million decrease in customer remediation
within other operating income.
Operating expenses decreased $330 million (-4%) primarily due to an accelerated software amortisation charge in the prior period of $251
million, lower restructuring expenses of $150 million, a reduction in expenses following the sale of OnePath Life (NZ) and Asia Retail and
Wealth businesses of $60 million, lower Royal Commission legal costs of $40 million and lower FTE. This was partially offset by higher
customer remediation of $182 million within operating expenses, inflation, the impact of foreign currency translation and regulatory
compliance spend in New Zealand.
Credit impairment charges increased $107 million (+16%) largely due to higher collectively assessed credit impairment charges, primarily as
a result of the prior period benefitting from the release of temporary economic overlays and a greater number of customer upgrades.
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
CASH PROFIT PERFORMANCE
1
6,487
6,470
2018 Cash
Profit -
continuing
operations
2019 Cash
Profit -
continuing
operations
Net
interest
income
Other
operating
income
Operating
expenses
Credit
impairment
charge
Income tax
expense
& non-
controlling
interests
(175)
(163)
330
(107)
98
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
54
Performance Overview (continued)
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 55
LARGE/NOTABLE ITEMS INCLUDED IN CASH PROFIT
1
Within continuing cash profit, the Group recognised a number of large/notable items. The impact of these items on a post-tax basis is
as follows:
2019 2018
Gain/(Loss) on sale of divestments $m $m
Asia Retail and Wealth businesses
-
85
Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)
-
(86)
UDC Finance (UDC)
-
11
Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC)
-
247
OnePath Life NZ Ltd (OPL NZ)
157
(3)
ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)
10
(42)
PNG Retail, Commercial and SME
1
(21)
Paymark
37
-
Divested business results
Asia Retail and Wealth businesses
-
24
MCC
-
10
OnePath Life NZ Ltd (OPL NZ)
10
66
ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)
11
14
PNG Retail, Commercial and SME
7
7
Paymark
4
5
Other large/notable items
Customer Remediation
(475)
(295)
Accelerated Software Amortisation
-
(206)
Royal Commission Legal Costs
(10)
(38)
Restructuring
(54)
(159)
Description of large/notable items:
Item Description
Gain/(Loss) on sale of divestments The 2019 financial year included a gain on sale upon completion of the sale of OPL NZ, Paymark,
Cambodia JV, and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME businesses. The 2018 financial year included
the gain on sale upon completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses and MCC, and the
loss on sale from SRCB. The Group recognised a loss on reclassification of assets and liabilities to
held for sale for Cambodia JV, OPL NZ, and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME. In addition, a net
cost recovery for UDC was recognised in respect of the terminated transaction process.
Divested business results
The 2019 financial year included the divested business results of the Cambodia JV, OPL NZ, PNG
Retail, Commercial and SME, and Paymark. The 2018 financial year included the divested
business results of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses and a dividend received from MCC.
Customer Remediation
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation
project costs and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation outcomes.
Accelerated Software Amortisation
Accelerated amortisation charge of certain software assets in the 2018 financial year,
predominantly relating to the Institutional division following a review of the International
business in light of divestments.
Royal Commission Legal Costs External legal costs associated with responding to the Royal Commission.
Restructuring Restructuring to re-shape our workforce and simplify our business. The 2019 financial year
largely related to changes in the Group’s enablement functions. The 2018 financial year largely
related to the move of the Australia Retail and Commercial division and technology function to
agile ways of working.
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
55
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
56 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
ANALYSIS OF CASH PROFIT PERFORMANCE
1
Net interest income
1
2019 2018
$m $m Movt
Cash net interest income
2
14,339
14,514 -1%
Average interest earning assets
3
813,219
774,883 5%
Average deposits and other borrowings
3,4
639,144
617,008 4%
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2,3
1.76
1.87 -11 bps
Net interest income
decreased $175 million (-1%) largely due to lower interest rates and competitive pressures resulting in a 11 basis point
decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by 5% growth in average interest earning assets.
Net interest margin
decreased reflecting growth in lower margin Markets Balance Sheet activities, higher proportionate growth in the lower
Institutional business, customer switching to principal and interest in Australia home loans, deposit margin compression and lower earnings
on capital, partially offset by the impact of home loans repricing
Average interest earning assets
increased $38.3 billion (5%) reflecting growth in Institutional banking portfolios and home loan growth in the
New Zealand division.
Average deposits and other borrowings
increased $22.1 billion (4%) driven by growth in the Institutional and New Zealand divisions, and the
impact of foreign currency movements.
NET INTEREST MARGIN FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (BPS)
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
2.
Includes the major bank levy of -$363 million (2018: -$355 million).
3.
Average balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities of continuing operations reclassified as held for sale.
NET INTEREST MARGIN FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (BPS)
2019 Cash
net interest
margin
subtotal
Large/
notable
items
2018 Cash
net interest
margin -
continuing
operations
2019 Cash
net interest
margin -
continuing
operations
Markets
balance
sheet
activities
1
Deposit
pricing
Wholesale
funding
costs
Treasury
Asset and
funding mix
Assets
pricing
182
187
(4)
(1)
(1)
—
(2)
2
(5)
176
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
56
Performance Overview (continued)
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 57
Other operating income
1
2019 2018
$m $m Movt
Net fee and commission income
2
2,493
2,624 -5%
Markets other operating income
1,286
1,129 14%
Share of associates' profit
2
262
183 43%
Other
2
649
917 -29%
Total cash other operating income 4,690
4,853 -3%
Total increase/
(decrease)
$m
Movt
Explanation
Net fee and
commission
income
2
(131) -5% Net fee and commission income decreased primarily due to the reduction or removal of
commercial and retail fees, lower volumes and the loss of income following the sale of
the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses, partially offset by lower customer remediation
impacting Net fee and commission income.
Markets other
operating income
157 14% Markets other operating income increased across Franchise Trading, Franchise Sales and
Balance Sheet Trading. This was primarily due to tighter credit spreads and Australia and
New Zealand rates, partially offset by a challenging international interest rate
environment and the lower net impact of derivative valuation adjustments relative to
the prior financial year.
Share of associates'
profit
2
79 43% Share of associates’ profit increased by $79m of which $44 million relates to P. T. Bank
Pan Indonesia and $36 million relates to AmBank.
Other
2
(268) -29% Other decreased primarily due to the reduction in insurance business income following
the sale of OnePath Life NZ, realised losses on economic and revenue hedges against
foreign currency revenue streams (which are offset by favourable currency translations
elsewhere in the Group) and a reduction in income in the lenders mortgage insurance
business.
Total cash other
operating income
from continuing
operations
(163) -3%
OTHER OPERATING INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
2.
Excluding Markets.
OTHER OPERATING INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)
20192018
2,493
1,286
262
649
2,624
1,129
183
917
● Net fee and
commission income
● Mar kets other
operating income
●
● Other
Share of associates’ prot
57
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
58 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
Operating expenses
1
2019 2018
$m $m Movt
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
2
9,071
9,401 -4%
Full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations
37,588
37,860 -1%
Average full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations
37,480
40,016 -6%
Operating expenses decreased by $330 million (-4%). Key drivers:
Personnel expenses increased $7 million (0%) largely driven by higher regulatory compliance spend in the New Zealand division, higher
employee leave provisions, wage inflation and the impact of insourcing technology services. This was offset by lower FTE, lower personnel
expenses following the sale of OnePath Life (NZ) and the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses ($33 million) and lower customer remediation
($58 million).
Premises expenses decreased $16 million (-2%) primarily driven by the consolidation of our property footprint.
Technology expenses (excluding personnel) decreased $365 million (-19%) largely due to an accelerated amortisation charge in the prior
period ($251 million) and the insourcing of technology services.
Restructuring expenses decreased $150 million (-66%) due to higher spend in the prior period associated with the move to agile ways of
working in the Australian Retail and Commercial division and technology function.
Other expenses increased $194 million (+11%) largely due to higher customer remediation ($240 million), partially offset by lower expenses
following the sale of OnePath Life (NZ) and Asia Retail and Wealth businesses ($26 million) and a reduction in Royal Commission legal costs
($40 million).
OPERATING EXPENSES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)
Credit impairment
1
2019 2018 Movt
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($m)
17
(85) large
Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($m)
778
773 1%
Credit impairment charge ($m) 795
688 16%
Gross impaired assets ($m)
2
2,029
2,139 -5%
Credit risk weighted assets ($b)
358.1
337.6 6%
Total allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) ($m)
4,190
3,443 18%
Individually assessed as % of gross impaired assets
40.1%
43.0%
Collectively assessed as % of credit risk weighted assets
3
0.94%
0.75%
The
collectively assessed credit impairment charge
of $102 million was primarily driven by a $55 million increase in the New Zealand
division and a $30 million increase in the Institutional division. The increase in the New Zealand division was primarily due to release of a
temporary economic overlay in 2018, followed by a new temporary management overlay in 2019. The increase in the Institutional division was
due to a greater number of customer upgrades in the prior period.
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
2.
In 2019, ANZ implemented a more market responsive collateral valuation methodology for the home loan portfolio in Australia which increased the number of home loans being classified as
impaired rather than past due. Comparative information has not been restated for this change in methodology. Additionally, refinement to underlying data resulted in a transfer from past due
and sub-standard into impaired assets. Comparative information has been restated with a transfer of $126 million for 2018.
3.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the Group increased the collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses by $813 million, comparative information has not been restated.
OPERATING EXPENSES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)
20192018
● Personnel expenses
● Premises expenses
● Technology expenses
● Restructuring expenses
● Other expenses
4,765
795
1,534
1,706
4,758
227
1,899
811
77
1,900
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
58
Performance Overview (continued)
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 59
The
individually assessed credit impairment charge
increased by $5 million (1%) due to lower write-backs and recoveries in the New
Zealand and Institutional divisions, partially offset by higher write-backs and recoveries in the Australia Retail and Commercial division and a
decrease due to the sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in the prior year.
Gross impaired assets
decreased $110 million (-5%) driven by the Institutional division (-$177 million) with repayments reducing a number of
large impaired assets. This was partially offset by an increase in the Australia Retail and Commercial division ($57 million) primarily driven by a
number of single name impaired loans in the Commercial portfolio. The Group’s individually assessed coverage ratio on impaired assets was
40.1 % at 30 September 2019 (Sep 18: 43.0%).
CREDIT IMPAIRMENT ($M)
1.
During the 2019 financial year, ANZ implemented a more market responsive collateral valuation methodology for the home loan portfolio in Australia which increased the number of home loans
being classified as impaired rather than past due. Comparative information has not been restated for the change in methodology. Additionally, refinement to underlying processes and associate
data resulted in transfer of loans from past due and sub-standard categories into impaired assets. Comparative information has been restated with transfer of $126 million at September 2018.
DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE
1
Australia
Retail and New
TSO and
Group
2019 Commercial Institutional Zealand Pacific Centre Group
Net interest margin
2.59% 0.82% 2.33% 3.75% n/a 1.76%
Operating expenses to operating income
43.2% 50.6% 38.8% 64.7% n/a 47.7%
Cash profit from continuing
operations ($m)
3,195 1,828 1,399 59 (11) 6,470
Net loans and advances ($b)
331.9 164.5 116.7 2.1 0.1 615.3
Customer deposits
2
($b)
208.0 217.3 83.4 3.5 (0.4) 511.8
Number of FTE
13,903 5,468 6,121 1,086 11,010 37,588
Australia
Retail and New
TSO and
Group
2018 Commercial Institutional Zealand Pacific Centre Group
Net interest margin 2.69% 0.88% 2.42% 4.11% n/a 1.87%
Operating expenses to operating income 40.9% 58.3% 36.3% 55.4% n/a 48.5%
Cash profit from continuing
operations ($m)
3,626 1,480 1,521 72 (212) 6,487
Net loans and advances ($b) 341.3 150.1 111.3 2.1 (0.2) 605.5
Customer deposits
2
($b) 202.7 205.8 79.8 3.5 (4.5) 487.3
Number of FTE 13,731 6,188 6,165 1,125 10,651 37,860
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
2.
TSO and Group Centre includes term deposits, other deposits and an adjustment in Group Centre to eliminate Wealth Australia discontinued operations investments in ANZ deposit products.
● Australia Retail
and Commercial
● Institutional
● New Zealand
Pacic
●
● TSO and
Group Centre
20192018
Collectively assessed
allowance for ECL
($m)
1,795
1,169
374
38
1,125
2,5233,376
1,073
279
43
3
Individually assessed
allowance for ECL
($m)
20192018
920814
558
160
72
24
569
251
81
18
1
20192018
Gross impaired assets
1
($m)
2,1392,029
1,468
265
245
51
1,411
442
236
50
CREDIT IMPAIRMENT ($M)
59
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
60 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE
1
Australia Retail and Commercial
Lending volumes decreased as a result of lower system growth, asset competition and more conservative home loan origination risk
settings. Net interest margin decreased as a result of home loan mix changes and higher discounting, the impact of the official cash
rate decreases on low-rate deposits, regulatory impact on credit card pricing and higher customer remediation, partially offset by
home loans re-pricing. Other operating income decreased as the result of higher customer remediation, and lower fee income due
to the removal of fees and lower volumes. Operating expenses were flat with higher inflation, higher compliance costs and
increased technology infrastructure spend offset by productivity initiatives including workforce and branch optimisation. Credit
impairment charges increased primarily due to an increase in collectively assessed credit impairment as a result of a weakening
Australian economic outlook, partially offset by a higher recoveries and write-backs.
Institutional
Lending volumes grew across all Institutional businesses. Customer deposits grew in Markets and Transaction Banking. Net interest
margin decreased due to a reduction in lending margins, partially offset by higher deposit margins. Other operating income
increased as a result of higher Markets income across all businesses. Operating expenses decreased due to a reduction in FTE and
related costs, and lower ongoing software amortisation charges, partially offset by inflation. Credit impairment charges increased
primarily due to an increase in individually assessed impairment charges driven by lower write-backs and recoveries, and an increase
in collectively assessed impairment charges as a result of a greater number of customer upgrades in the prior period.
New Zealand
Lending and customer deposit volumes grew across all portfolios and funds under management increased during the period. Net
interest margin decreased as a result of compressed deposit margins and home loan mix changes. Operating income decreased
primarily due to the loss of income as the result of the OnePath Life (NZ) divestment, and an one-off insurance recovery in the prior
period. Operating expenses increased primarily due to higher regulatory compliance spend, partly offset by the OnePath Life (NZ)
divestment. Credit impairment charges increased primarily due to an increase in individually assessed impairment charges driven by
lower write-backs and recoveries, and increase in collectively assessed impairment charges in Commercial driven by the release of
an Agri economic cycle adjustment in 2018 followed by a new temporary overlay in 2019.
Pacific
Operating income for the Pacific division was broadly in line with the prior year. Costs were higher largely due to customer
remediation. Credit impairment charges were not significant for the 2019 financial year.
TSO and Group Centre
The 2019 financial year included the gain on sale of OnePath Life (NZ), Paymark, Cambodia JV and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME.
The 2018 financial year included the gain on sale of MCC, loss on sale of SRCB, the loss on reclassification of assets and liabilities to
held for sale for Cambodia JV, OPL NZ, and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME, Royal Commission legal costs, and higher restructuring
costs.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
60
Performance Overview (continued)
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 61
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The financial results of the Wealth Australia businesses being divested and associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts are
treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. These businesses qualify as discontinued operations, a subset of
assets and liabilities held for sale, as they represent a major line of business.
The comparative Group Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income have been restated to show discontinued operations
separately from continuing operations in a separate line item ‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.
Sale to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF)
On 17 October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath P&I and ADGs businesses to IOOF. The aligned dealer groups
business consists of ADGs that operate under their own Australian Financial Services licences. The sale of the ADGs completed on 1 October
2018. On 17 October 2019 the Group announced it had agreed a revised sale price for its OnePath P&I business and ADG to IOOF of $850
million, being a $125 million reduction from the original sale price of $975 million announced in October 2017. The new price of $850
million, includes approximately $25 million that ANZ has already received for the sale of ADGs in October 2018. The revised terms reflect
changing market conditions and include lower overall warranty caps as well as some changes to the strategic alliance arrangements.
Subject to APRA approval the Group expects the transaction to complete in the first quarter of calendar year 2020. The impact of the
reduction in price has been reflected in the 2019 financial results.
Sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich)
On 12 December 2017, ANZ announced that it had agreed to the sale of its life insurance business to Zurich and regulatory approval was
obtained on 10 October 2018. The transaction was completed on 31 May 2019.
Included in the ‘Cash loss from discontinued operations’ is:
A $23 million loss ($81 million loss after tax) was recognised in the 2019 financial year. This is attributable to sale related adjustments and
write-downs, the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold to Zurich, partially offset by
the recycling of gains previously deferred in equity reserves on sale completion. A $632 million loss (pre and post-tax) was recognised on
the reclassification of Wealth Australia businesses to held for sale in the 2018 financial year; and
Customer remediation which includes provisions for expected refunds to customers and related remediation costs associated with
inappropriate advice or services not provided in the pensions and investments and life insurance businesses. An amount of $241 million
pre-tax, $207 million post tax was recognised in the 2019 financial year (2018: $181m pre-tax, $127 million post-tax).
ANZ’s lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, general insurance distribution and financial planning businesses which were previously
part of the continuing operations of Wealth Australia now form part of the Australia Retail and Commercial division (previously named
Australia division) and Wealth Australia ceases to exist as a continuing division.
E
xplanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit
Treasury shares adjustment
ANZ shares held by the Group in Wealth Australia discontinued operations are deemed to be Treasury shares for accounting purposes.
Dividends and realised and unrealised gains and losses from these shares are reversed as they are not permitted to be recognised as income
for statutory reporting purposes. In deriving cash profit, these earnings are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the
Group’s profits because the Treasury shares are held to support policy liabilities which are revalued through the Income Statement. With the
sale completion of the life insurance business to Zurich, there are no further ANZ shares held by the Group in discontinued operations
(2018: 15.5 million shares).
Revaluation of policy liabilities
When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the
obligation, with the impact of changes in the market discount rate in each period being reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes
the impact on the re-measurement of the insurance contract attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory
profit to remove the volatility attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of the insurance contract.
With the sale completion of the life insurance business to Zurich, the 2019 financial year includes the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit
adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold, reducing cash profit by $15 million.
2019 2018
$m $m
Statutory profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (343)
(695)
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit
34
13
Treasury shares adjustment
(11)
7
Revaluation of policy liabilities
45
6
Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations
(309)
(682)
61
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
62 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE GROUP – INCLUDING DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Condensed balance sheet
As at
20192018
$b$bMovt
Assets
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid
100.3
98.02%
Trading and investment securities/available-for-sale assets
1
126.9
112.013%
Derivative financial instruments
120.7
68.476%
Net loans and advances
615.3
604.52%
Assets held for sale
1.8
45.2-96%
Other
16.1
15.17%
Total assets
981.1
943.24%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 18.8 18.33%
Deposits and other borrowings 637.7 618.23%
Derivative financial instruments 121.0 69.774%
Debt Issuances
129.7 121.27%
Liabilities held for sale 2.1 47.2-96%
Other 11.0 9.220%
Total liabilities
920.3
883.84%
Total equity 60.8
59.42%
1.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. Available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9
and a new classification of investment securities was i ntroduced. Refer to Note 1 of the Annual Report for further details. Comparative information has not been restated.
Trading and investment securities/available-for-sale assets increased $14.9 billion (+13%) primarily driven by an increase in liquid assets in
Markets and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Derivative financial assets and liabilities increased $52.3 billion (+76%) and $51.3 billion (+74%) respectively as interest rate movements
resulted in higher derivative volumes and fair values, particularly in interest rate swap products.
Net loans and advances increased $10.8 billion (+2%) primarily driven by lending growth in the Institutional division (+$10.5 billion),
growth in home loans in the New Zealand division (+$4.1 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially
offset by the decrease in home loans in the Australia Retail and Commercial division (-$9.4 billion).
Assets and liabilities held for sale decreased $43.4 billion (-96%) and $45.1 billion (-96%) respectively primarily driven by the sale
completion of the life insurance business to Zurich, OPL NZ, Cambodia JV and PNG Retail, Commercial & SME.
Deposits and other borrowings increased $19.5 billion (+3%) primarily driven by increased deposits from banks and repurchase
agreements (+$9.9 billion), growth in customer deposits across the Australia Retail and Commercial (+$5.3 billion) and New Zealand
division (+$2.7 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by reduction in certificates of
deposit and commercial paper issued (-$11.6 billion).
Debt issuances increased $8.5 billion (+7%) primarily driven by senior debt issuances and the impact of foreign currency translation
movements.
F
unding
20192018
Net Stable Funding Ratio
116%
115%
The Group targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentration by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.
$23.6 billion of term wholesale debt with a remaining term greater than one year as at 30 September 2019 was issued during the year.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
62
Performance Overview (continued)
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 63
Liquidity
20192018
Total liquid assets ($b)
1
188.4
191.3
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)
1
140%
138%
1.
Full year average, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.
The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed
environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent
with Basel 3 LCR:
Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for
repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt
securities and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) and other eligible securities listed by
the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ).
The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid asset portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory
requirements and the risk appetite set by the Board.
Capital management
20192018Movt
Common Equity Tier 1 (Level 2)
- APRA Basel 3
11.4%
11.4%
Credit risk weighted assets ($b)
358.1
337.66%
Total risk weighted assets ($b)
417.0
390.87%
APRA, under the authority of the Banking Act 1959, sets minimum regulatory requirements for banks including what is acceptable as
regulatory capital and provides methods of measuring the risks incurred by the Bank.
The Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio remained at 11.4% based on APRA Basel 3 standards, exceeding APRA’s minimum requirements. Cash
earnings and divestments were offset by the impact of dividends and share buybacks during the year.
Dividends
This performance allowed us to propose that a final dividend of 80 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share, bringing the
total dividend for the year ended 30 September 2019 to $1.60 per share. This represents a dividend payout ratio of 70.1% of cash profit from
continuing operations.
The proposed 2019 final dividend of 80 cents per share will be 70% franked for Australian taxation purposes, and carry a New Zealand (NZ)
imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share. It will be paid on 18 December 2019 to owners of ordinary shares at close of business on
12 November 2019 (record date).
ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2019 final dividend.
For the 2019 final dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market purchase and BOP through the issue of new
shares.
Further details on dividends provided for or paid during the year ended 30 September 2019 are set out in Note 5 in the Annual Report.
Shareholders Returns
1.
Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.
Shareholder Returns
2019
2015
260.3
202.6
2016
232.7
2017
223.4
2018
227.6
Earnings per
Share (cents)
2019
2015
2016
2017
2018
181
160
160
160
160
Dividends per
Share (cents)
2019
2015
2016
2017
2018
71.2
79.4
69
71.1
70.1
Dividends Payout
Ratio (%)
2019
2015
2016
2017
2018
Total Shareholder
Return (%)
0.6
13.1
9.2
9.2
-7.5
63
OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
64 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
FIVE YEAR SUMMARY
2019
1
2018
1
2017
1
2016 2015
$m $m $m $m $m
Financial performance - cash
2
Net interest income
14,339
14,514 14,875 15,095 14,616
Other operating income
3
4,690
4,853 4,941 5,499 5,921
Operating expenses
3
(9,071)
(9,401) (8,967) (10,439) (9,378)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,958
9,966 10,849 10,155 11,159
Credit impairment charge
(795)
(688) (1,199) (1,956) (1,205)
Income tax expense
(2,678)
(2,775) (2,826) (2,299) (2,724)
Non-controlling interests
(15)
(16) (15) (11) (14)
Cash profit from continuing operations
2
6,470
6,487 (6,809) 5,889 7,216
Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations
(309)
(682) 129 n/a n/a
Cash profit 6,161
5,805 6,938 5,889 7,216
Adjustments to arrive at statutory profit
2
(208)
595 (532) (180) 277
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 5,953
6,400 6,406 5,709 7,493
Financial position
Assets
981,137
943,182 897,326 914,869 889,900
Net assets
60,794
59,405 59,075 57,927 57,353
Common Equity Tier 1
11.4%
11.4% 10.6% 9.6% 9.6%
Common Equity Tier 1 – Internationally
Comparable Basel 3
4
16.4%
16.8% 15.8% 14.5% 13.2%
Return on average ordinary equity (statutory)
5
10.0%
10.9% 11.0% 10.0% 14.5%
Return on average assets (statutory)
0.6%
0.7% 0.7% 0.6% 0.9%
Cost to income ratio (cash)
2
49.5%
52.0% 46.1% 50.7% 45.7%
Shareholder value – ordinary shares
Total return to shareholders (share price movement plus
dividends)
9.2%
0.6% 13.1% 9.2% (7.5%)
Market capitalisation
80,842
80,979 86,948 80,886 78,606
Dividend (cents)
160
160 160 160 181
Franked portion – interim
100%
100% 100% 100% 100%
– final
70%
100% 100% 100% 100%
Share price – high (dollars)
$29.30
$30.80 $32.95 $29.17 $37.25
– low (dollars)
$22.98
$26.08 $25.78 $21.86 $26.38
– closing (dollars)
$28.52
$28.18 $29.60 $27.63 $27.08
Share information
(per fully paid ordinary share)
Earnings per share (cents) (statutory)
210
221.6 220.1 197.4 271.5
Dividend payout ratio (statutory)
76.2%
72.1% 73.4% 81.9% 68.6%
Net tangible assets per ordinary share
6
$19.59
$18.47 $17.66 $17.13 $16.86
No. of fully paid ordinary shares issued (millions)
2,835
2,874 2,937 2,927 2,903
Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) issue price
– interim
$27.79
$27.76 $28.80 $24.82 $31.93
– final
-
$26.03 $29.02 $28.16 $27.08
Other information
No. of employees (full time equivalents)
39,060
39,924 44,896 46,554 50,152
No. of shareholders
506,847
509,238 522,425 545,256 546,558
1.
During 2018, part of Wealth Australia and TSO and Group Centre division was classified as a discontinued operation. 2017 comparatives have been restated accordingly. 2016 to 2015 have not
been restated. All ratios are presented on a Group basis inclusive of discontinued operations across 2019 to 2015.
2.
Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. Cash profit is not
audited; however, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that the adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented, and the adjustments
for the sale impact of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB) in 2018 and 2017 are appropriate.
3.
On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Only the comparative information
for 2018 has been restated which increased total operating income and total operating expenses by $153 million for the September 2018 full year.
4.
Internationally Comparable Methodology applied for 2015–2018 aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ (13 July 2015). Basel Internationally
Comparable ratios do not include an estimate of the Basel l capital floor requirement.
5.
Average ordinary equity excludes non-controlling interests and preference shares.
6.
Equals shareholders’ equity less preference share capital, goodwill, software and other intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
64
Performance Overview (continued)
20192018201720162015
Fair and Responsible Banking
Net Promoter Score Ranking (relative to peers)
Australia Retail
1
43424
Australia Commercial
2
33444
Australia Institutional
3
1121–
New Zealand Retail
4
44445
New Zealand Commercial and Agricultural
5
55555
New Zealand Institutional
6
1131–
Code of conduct
Breaches7841,1141,4431,4081,629
Investigations resulting in termination151226262254294
Financial Wellbeing
Help enable social and economic participation of
1 million people by 2020 (cumulative total)
7
998,474 889,135550,361453,054–
Employees
Employee Engagement (%)
8
7773727476
Total Women in Leadership (%)
9
32.532.031.129.929.5
Community
Total community investment ($m)
10
142.2136.9131.189.874.8
Volunteer hours134,930124,113113,127113,071108,142
Employee volunteering participation rate (%)
11
42.434.629.4––
Housing
Provide NZ $100 million of interest free loans to insulate homes for
ANZ mortgage holders (NZ$ million)
12
6.3––––
Environmental Sustainability
Fund and facilitate at least AU$15 billion by 2020 towards environmentally
sustainable solutions for our customers (AU$ billion cumulative total)
13
19.111.56.92.5–
Environmental footprint
Total scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)156,568171,012180,993193,569209,531
Total scope 1,2 & 3 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)250,857266,906273,216299,224335,085
Project finance portfolio
14
Renewables (%)8376706360
Coal (%)910161918
Gas (%)813131822
Project finance commitment to renewable energy ($m)1,3711,0761,141875881
1.
Roy Morgan Research Single Source, Australian population aged 14+, Main Financial
Institution, six month rolling average to Sep’15, Sep’16, Sep’17, Sep’18 & Sep’19. Ranking
based on the four major Australian banks.
2.
DBM Business Financial Services Monitor. Base: Commercial (<$100 million annual turnover)
Main Financial Institution customers. Six month average to Sep’15, Sep’16, Sep’17, Sep’18 &
Sep’19. Ranking based on the four major Australian banks.
3.
Peter Lee Associates, 2019 Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys,
Australia.
4.
Retail Market Monitor, Camorra Research, six month rolling average to Sep’15, Sep’16,
Sep’17, Sep’18 & Sep’19.
5.
Business Finance Monitor, TNS Kantar Research. Base: Commercial ($3 million – $150 million
annual turnover) and Agricultural (>500K annual turnover) customers. Four quarter rolling
average to Q3’15, Q3’16, Q3’17, Q3’18 & Q3’19.
6.
Peter Lee Associates Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, New
Zealand 2016 – 2019, ranked against the Top 4 competitors (in 2016 rank based on question
‘which bank would you most likely to recommend’).
7.
Target commenced in 2016. Performance includes people helped through our initiatives to
support financial wellbeing, including our financial inclusion, employment and community
programs, and targeted banking products and services for small business and retail
customers. Refer to the 2019 ESG Supplement for methodology (to be released in December).
8.
The 2017 engagement survey was run as a pulse survey sent to 10% of the bank’s
employees with a 57% response rate.
9.
Measures representation at the Senior Manager, Executive and Senior Executive levels.
Includes all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (which are included
in FTE).
10.
Includes foregone revenue ($109 million for 2019), being the cost of providing low or fee
free accounts to a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not-for-profit
organisations and students.
11.
Commenced reporting in 2017.
12 .
Target commenced in 2019.
13.
Target commenced in 2016. Performance includes funding or facilitation of initiatives that
help lower carbon emissions, improve water stewardship, and minimise waste.
14.
Breakdown for 2017 & 2018 does not total to 100% due to rounding.
65
Dear Shareholder,
2019 Remuneration Report – audited
This was another challenging year despite the solid gains made in
simplifying our business and addressing the difficulties facing our
bank and the broader industry.
We continued efforts to strengthen our balance sheet and we
remain well capitalised, with costs held flat for the year.
However, momentum issues within our Retail and Commercial
business in Australia, along with challenges in New Zealand (NZ),
impacted financial performance.
All this has been taken into account when determining
remuneration outcomes.
Further customer remediation charges of $682 million were
recorded this year impacted by historical issues. The Board
acknowledges the impact this has on shareholders and this has
impacted remuneration outcomes.
As you may know, ANZ recorded a ‘first strike’ last year when around
a third of shares were voted against our Remuneration Report.
While two thirds of shares voted in favour, the Board took this result
very seriously and has actively sought feedback from both our
institutional and retail shareholders.
We have provided additional information in this year’s report to
help shareholders better understand the steps we have taken
as a Board to respond to the concerns raised. This includes how
executive performance has been assessed as well as improvements
to accountability and consequence management.
Remuneration
Report
Executive outcomes
There has been significant differentiation this year in the
remuneration awarded to our executives, reflecting different levels
of performance among our most senior leaders.
•Our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Shayne Elliott, had a solid year
where he demonstrated strong leadership in dealing with the
challenges facing ANZ and the industry. However, as CEO he is
accountable for the overall performance of the Group and as a
result was awarded Annual Variable Remuneration (AVR) of 48% of
his maximum opportunity.
•The Variable Remuneration (VR) outcomes for our Disclosed
Executives ranged between 0% and 74% of maximum
opportunity, demonstrating the ‘at-risk’ nature of their
remuneration.
As outlined in the Chief Executive’s report, we have also introduced
wide-ranging reforms for financial year 2020 as to how we pay our
people below our Disclosed Executives, replacing individual bonuses
for the vast majority of employees with an incentive based on the
overall performance of the Group.
This is an industry leading initiative that addresses many of the
concerns about ‘bonus culture’ raised in the final report of the
Royal Commission.
This year, we also strengthened the way we deal with material risks
with an enhanced Accountability and Consequence Framework. 151
employees were terminated for breaches of our Code of Conduct
with a further 516 employees having their performance and
remuneration outcomes impacted.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
66
1. BOARD RESPONSE TO FEEDBACK PROVIDED IN
RELATION TO THE 2018 REMUNERATION REPORT 68
2. WHO IS COVERED BY THIS REPORT 69
3. 2019 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AT A GLANCE 70
4. OVERVIEW OF
ANZ’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 70
5. 2019 OUTCOMES 72
6. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE
AND DELIVERY 83
7. ACCOUNTABILITY AND
CONSEQUENCE FRAMEWORK 88
8. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (NED)
REMUNERATION 88
9. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 90
10. OTHER INFORMATION 92
Contents
Next steps
Your Board is committed to putting remuneration frameworks in
place to help foster a culture of trust, integrity and ethical decision
making.
During 2020, we will undertake a comprehensive review of executive
remuneration against Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration
recommendations from our prudential regulator as well as the
external environment.
We will also consult with our stakeholders so that the way we
reward our people is aligned with our culture and values as well as
customer, shareholder and community standards.
On behalf of the Board, I invite you to consider our Remuneration
Report which will be presented to shareholders for adoption at the
2019 Annual General Meeting (AGM) in Brisbane.
Ilana Atlas
CHAIR – HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) COMMITTEE
67
1. BOARD RESPONSE TO FEEDBACK PROVIDED IN RELATION TO THE
2018 REMUNERATION REPORT
At the AGM in 2018, while two thirds of shares voted were cast in favour of the Remuneration Report, one third were cast against and so ANZ
recorded what is termed a ‘first strike’. The Board took this outcome very seriously and sought feedback from both our institutional and retail
shareholders. A summary of the key feedback received and changes made this year is provided below.
SUMMARY
Questions around whether variable remuneration is sufficiently variable and genuinely at risk. This was a particular focus in
2018 given the impact on ANZ of the Royal Commission and where ANZ recognised substantial customer remediation costs.
•The Board has focused on ensuring that the 2019 variable remuneration awards appropriately reflect individual and overall performance
outcomes.
•At the start of each year, the Board sets performance objectives for the CEO and each of our Disclosed Executives that are intended to be
stretching yet achievable. These contain a blend of both financial (weighted no more than 45%) and non-financial measures designed to
focus executives on delivering sustainable long-term performance that supports both good customer and shareholder outcomes aligned to
our long-term strategic objectives.
•The CEO’s performance is assessed against a number of factors including the Group Performance Framework and individual strategic
objectives. Although the Board assessed his performance as slightly below expectations, the Board exercised their discretion and applied a
reduction to the CEO’s 2019 AVR outcome. This resulted in an award of 48% of maximum opportunity in recognition of the fact that as CEO
he is ultimately accountable for overall performance.
•This year’s VR outcomes for Disclosed Executives ranged from 0% to 74% (2018: 40% to 60%) and averaged 45% (2018: 51%) of maximum
opportunity demonstrating the ‘at risk’ nature of variable remuneration. There is significant differentiation in outcomes – with two Disclosed
Executives receiving less than 45% of maximum opportunity and one receiving no VR.
Include more rationale to help investors understand why the Board believes the remuneration outcomes are appropriate.
•The variable remuneration structure and outcomes for the CEO and Disclosed Executives are the subject of considerable debate and
evaluation by both the HR Committee and the Board. These decisions are not taken lightly or quickly.
•In response to this feedback, the 2019 Remuneration Report aims to provide further clarity to help shareholders better understand both the
process (how performance and remuneration outcomes are determined) and the rationale (why the Board believe this year’s outcomes are
appropriate for the CEO and Disclosed Executives).
Better explain how consequences are applied for executives for poor conduct/issues ‘on their watch’ that damaged
customers and shareholders.
•In 2019 we implemented a strengthened Accountability and Consequence Framework so that meaningful consequences are applied to
executives and employees at all levels, where it is appropriate, for material risk events.
•The Consequence Review Group (CRG), which is now chaired by the CEO, meets at least four times a year. The CRG reviews material risk
events, and considers recommendations from each business regarding accountability and the application of consequences for significant
Code of Conduct breaches and material risk and audit events. We have also expanded our disclosures in this report to provide more
information on the number of employees where formal consequences have been applied in the 2019 financial year. See section 7.
•The departure of the Group Executive and CEO, NZ was a clear and public example of the application of meaningful consequences this year.
His employment ceased, he was paid no variable remuneration and all unvested deferred remuneration (~$7.4 million) was immediately
forfeited.
Use ‘face value’ rather than ‘fair value’ when determining the number of deferred share rights awarded to the CRO.
•We have changed our approach and will award the CRO deferred share rights using the face value of the Company’s shares (rather than the
fair value – which is the face value adjusted for the loss of dividends). In order to maintain the same opportunity value, the VR maximum
opportunity percentage has been adjusted to 270% of fixed remuneration (previously 255%). This change maintains – it does not increase –
the dollar value maximum opportunity, therefore the CRO would not receive greater VR for the same level of performance.
Focus on maximum variable remuneration opportunity rather than target opportunity.
•Variable remuneration outcomes are now primarily expressed as a percentage of maximum opportunity, and the value of performance
rights shown using the face value of the rights at full (100%) vesting. This approach more clearly demonstrates the executives’ actual
outcomes in comparison to the value they could be awarded if expectations were exceeded at the highest level. There is no change in
practice or opportunity.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
68
Remuneration Report continued
2. WHO IS COVERED BY THIS REPORT
2.1 DISCLOSED EXECUTIVE AND NED CHANGES
There were several changes to our Key Management Personnel
(KMP) during the 2019 year:
•Lee Hsien Yang (former NED) retired at the 2018 AGM in
December 2018.
•Fred Ohlsson stepped down as Group Executive, Australia in
December 2018 to take an extended unpaid career-break, and
Mark Hand subsequently acted in the role whilst the Australia
Division structure was reviewed.
•Following a structure review, effective March 2019 Mark Hand and
Maile Carnegie share responsibility for the financial performance
of our business in Australia. Mark was appointed to the Group
Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial Banking role and
Maile’s role expanded to Group Executive, Digital and Australia
Transformation.
•David Hisco (former Group Executive and CEO, NZ) departed
ANZ in June 2019. Antonia Watson has been subsequently acting
in the role.
2.2 KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (KMP)
The KMP whose remuneration is disclosed in this year’s report are:
Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) – Current
D GonskiChairman
I AtlasDirector
P DwyerDirector
J HaltonDirector
J KeyDirector
G LiebeltDirector
J MacfarlaneDirector
Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) – Former
H LeeFormer Director – retired 19 December 2018
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Disclosed Executives – Current
S ElliottChief Executive Officer and Executive Director
M Carnegie Group Executive, Digital and Australia
Transformation – appointed 1 March 2019
(formerly Group Executive, Digital Banking)
K CorballyChief Risk Officer (CRO)
A George Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Group
Executive, Wealth Australia
M Hand Group Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial
Banking – appointed 1 March 2019 (Acting
Group Executive, Australia from
29 December 2018 to 28 February 2019)
M JablkoChief Financial Officer (CFO)
A WatsonActing Group Executive and Chief Executive
Officer, New Zealand – appointed 17 June 2019
M WhelanGroup Executive, Institutional
Disclosed Executives – Former
D HiscoFormer Group Executive and Chief Executive
Officer, New Zealand – concluded in role and
ceased employment 14 June 2019
F OhlssonFormer Group Executive, Australia – concluded in
role 28 December 2018
The Remuneration Report for the Group outlines our remuneration
strategy and framework and the remuneration practices that apply
to KMP. This report has been prepared, and audited, as required by
the Corporations Act 2001. It forms part of the Directors’ Report.
69
The performance rights awarded to the CEO and Disclosed Executives in November/December 2015 were tested in November
2018 against their three equal Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance hurdles. A total of 21.8% of the award vested and the
remaining 78.2% lapsed. See section 5.4.3 for further details.
For 2019, our CEO:
•Did not receive an increase in fixed remuneration.
•Received an Annual Variable Remuneration (AVR) award of
48% of maximum opportunity. This reflects performance
against his individual objectives and the Group Performance
Framework, and the exercise of Board discretion considering
his accountability as CEO for the overall performance of
the Group.
•Subject to shareholder approval at the 2019 AGM, he will be
awarded Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR) of $4.2 million
(200% of fixed remuneration) which may vest in 2023 subject
to meeting performance hurdles.
•Received total remuneration of $4.09 million for 2019.
For 2019:
•Fixed remuneration increases were only received by two
Disclosed Executives – Mark Hand on appointment to the
Group Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial Banking role
to reflect his expanded responsibilities, and Kevin Corbally
(CRO) based on a review of internal and external market
relativities, and in recognition of the increase in regulatory
activity and complexity of the risk environment.
•Variable Remuneration (VR) outcomes for our Disclosed
Executives averaged 45% of maximum opportunity, with
substantial differentiation at an individual level ranging from
0% to 74% (40% to 60% in 2018).
•Upon cessation of employment David Hisco (former Group
Executive and CEO, NZ) forfeited all his unvested equity
(~$7.4 million). He received his contracted and statutory
entitlements to notice and untaken leave, and was not
awarded any VR.
There were no increases to NED fees in 2019 (or 2018). Rather, the Board decided to apply a 20% reduction to the Chairman and NED
member fees for 2019.
3. 2019 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AT A GLANCE
4. OVERVIEW OF ANZ’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK
4.1 CHANGES TO THE CEO AND DISCLOSED EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION FRAMEWORKS MADE IN 2019
The following changes were made to the CEO and Disclosed Executives’ remuneration frameworks for 2019:
•Four-year deferral: The deferral and performance period for the performance rights (excluding the CRO who receives deferred share rights)
has been extended from three years to four years. This provides an additional year for the performance rights to remain at risk (subject to
malus) and for the performance hurdles to be measured.
•Vesting period: The deferred shares will be delivered over four years with staggered vesting (previously even vesting). See section 6.2.
•For the CRO: The number of deferred share rights awarded will be determined using the face value (previously fair value), and these share
rights will now be subject to a four-year deferral period (previously three years).
The differing remuneration structure for the CRO is designed to preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any conflicts of
interest in carrying out the risk control function across ANZ.
As a result of these changes, 68% of variable remuneration (AVR plus LTVR) for the CEO, 53% of VR for Disclosed Executives (other than the
CRO), and 41% of VR for the CRO will be deferred for at least four years, noting that this is in excess of the BEAR minimum deferral requirement
of 60% for the CEO and 40% for Disclosed Executives. See section 6.2 for more detail.
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) remuneration
Performance rights outcomes (CEO and Disclosed Executives)
Non-Executive Director (NED) fees
Disclosed Executive remuneration
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
70
Remuneration Report continued
4.2 REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK OVERVIEW
The structure of our remuneration framework is aligned with our Reward Principles and has been designed to support ANZ’s purpose and strategy.
Disclosed Executives
3
Variable Remuneration (VR)
•Rewarded under a single VR framework enabling us to:
–Provide the appropriate mix of short and long-term
rewards (including performance hurdles) to drive
performance, and attract and retain talent;
–Tie the full VR award to the performance of ANZ; and
–Defer VR over the short, medium and longer term.
•Determination: ANZ Group Performance Framework,
Divisional Performance Frameworks, ANZ values and risk/
compliance assessments, and Board discretion
•Maximum opportunity: 402% of fixed remuneration
4
•Delivery: 25% cash, 25% as ANZ shares deferred over four
years subject to malus, and 50% as performance rights
deferred for four years subject to performance hurdles
and malus
•Performance hurdles: Relative TSR (75%), Absolute TSR (25%)
CEO
Annual Variable Remuneration (AVR)
•Rewards the achievement of Group, Division and individual
outcomes over a 12-month period
•Determination: ANZ Group Performance Framework, individual
strategic objectives, ANZ values
2
and risk/compliance
assessments, and Board discretion
•Maximum opportunity: 150% of fixed remuneration
•Delivery: 50% cash and 50% as ANZ shares deferred over four
years, subject to malus
Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR)
•Reinforces the CEO’s focus on achieving longer term strategic
objectives and creating long-term value for all stakeholders
•Face value at full vesting: 200% of fixed remuneration
•Delivery: Performance rights deferred for four years subject to
performance hurdles and malus
•Performance hurdles: Relative TSR (75%), Absolute TSR (25%)
1.
See the ‘About our Business’ and ‘Our Strategy’ sections of the Annual Report.
2.
ANZ’s values (Integrity, Collaboration, Accountability, Respect, Excellence (ICARE)) –
the foundation of how we work, supported by our Code of Conduct.
3.
The maximum opportunity and delivery of VR differ for the CRO and Acting Group Executive
and CEO, NZ to that of other Disclosed Executives. See section 6 for further details.
4.
Performance rights face value at full vesting.
ANZ’S PURPOSE AND STRATEGY
1
Fixed remuneration Cash salary and superannuation contributions. The Board sets (and reviews annually) the CEO
and Disclosed Executives’ fixed remuneration based on financial services market relativities reflecting their responsibilities,
performance, qualifications, experience and location.
Variable remuneration (at risk) The CEO and Disclosed Executives are eligible to receive variable remuneration
under the ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP), our main variable remuneration plan.
Board discretion is applied when determining CEO and Disclosed Executive performance and remuneration outcomes,
and also before any scheduled release of previously deferred remuneration.
Are fair and simple
to understand
Reward our people for doing the right thing
having regard to our customers and shareholders
Focus on how things are achieved
as much as what is achieved
Attract, motivate and
keep great people
Is underpinned by our Remuneration Policy which includes our Reward Principles:
With remuneration delivered to our CEO and Disclosed Executives through:
Determining
accountability and
applying consequences
where appropriate
Prohibiting the
hedging of
unvested equity
Determining variable
remuneration outcomes, with
risk as a key input at a pool
and individual level
Weighting remuneration
toward the longer-
term with a significant
proportion at risk
Assessing behaviours
based on ANZ’s values and
risk/compliance standards
(including BEAR)
Reinforced by aligning remuneration and risk:
Use of economic profit as a key input
in determining the ANZIP variable
remuneration pool
Significant variable remuneration
deferral in ANZ equity
Use of relative and
absolute TSR hurdles
Substantial shareholding
requirements
While supporting the alignment of executives and shareholders through:
The HR Committee and the Board determining the variable remuneration outcomes for both the CEO and each Disclosed Executive.
Additionally, the CEO’s LTVR outcome is also subject to shareholder approval at the AGM.
While governed by:
71
5. 2019 OUTCOMES
We are mindful of the fact that variable remuneration (more broadly than it pertains to ANZ) has been the subject of much scrutiny with
questions raised regarding whether it is truly at risk and sufficiently variable. Variable remuneration at ANZ is truly at risk and can range from
zero to maximum opportunity, as evidenced by the outcomes in 2019.
The variable remuneration outcomes for both the CEO and Disclosed Executives are the subject of considerable debate and evaluation by the
HR Committee and the Board. These decisions are not taken lightly or quickly.
The tables in sections 5.1 and 5.2 supplement, and are different to, the Statutory Remuneration table (see section 10.1) which presents the
accounting expense for both vested and unvested awards in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.
5.1 YEAR-ON-YEAR REMUNERATION AWARDED
These tables show a year-on-year comparison of remuneration awarded to the CEO and Disclosed Executives for the 2017, 2018 and 2019
performance periods. Remuneration awarded includes any cash payments (e.g. fixed remuneration and cash variable remuneration) and the
value of deferred shares and performance rights awarded for the year but which have not yet vested (i.e. the value which has not yet been
received during the year). These tables also show the AVR/VR as a % of target and maximum opportunity – this % remains unchanged whether
using the threshold or full vesting value of performance rights.
Fixed remuneration is largely unchanged year-on-year other than where executives have changed roles. Variable remuneration differs
significantly both year-on-year and between different executives, and appropriately reflects the variability in Group and individual
performance year-on-year. See section 5.4 for details.
CEOThreshold vestingFull vestingAVR as % of
Financial
year
Fixed
remuneration
$
AVR
cash
$
AVR
deferred
shares
$
Total
AVR
$
LT V R
performance
rights
$
Total
remuneration
awarded
$
LT V R
performance
rights
$
Total
remuneration
awarded
$
Target
opport-
unity
Maximum
opport-
unity
CEO
S Elliott
2019 2,100,000 750,000 750,000 1,500,000 2,100,000 5,700,000 4,200,000 7,800,000 71%48%
2018 2,100,000 875,000 875,000 1,750,000 1,400,000 5,250,000 2,800,000 6,650,000 83%56%
2017 2,100,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 2,100,000 6,200,000 4,200,000 8,300,000 95%63%
Note the 2019 LTVR has not yet been awarded, approval will be sought from shareholders at the 2019 AGM for the LTVR award shown above.
The 2018 LTVR award was significantly reduced as further acknowledgement of the conduct issues and reputation damage of the matters
raised in the Royal Commission.
Disclosed ExecutivesThreshold vestingFull vestingVR as % of
Financial
year
Fixed
remuneration
$
VR
cash
$
VR
deferred
shares
$
VR
performance
rights
1
$
Total
remuneration
awarded
$
VR
performance
rights
1
$
Total
remuneration
awarded
$
Target
opport-
unity
Maximum
opport-
unity
Current Disclosed Executives
M Carnegie
2019 1,000,000 495,000 495,000 510,000 2,500,000 1,020,000 3,010,000 75%50%
2018 1,000,000 528,000 528,000 544,000 2,600,000 1,088,000 3,144,000 80%53%
2017 1,000,000 561,000 561,000 578,000 2,700,000 1,156,000 3,278,000 85%57%
K Corbally
2019 950,000 478,500 478,500 493,000 2,400,000 493,000 2,400,000 85%57%
2018 486,000 164,835 164,835 169,830 985,500 169,830 985,500 83%55%
(6.5 months in role)
A George
2019 1,000,000 528,000 528,000 544,000 2,600,000 1,088,000 3,144,000 80%53%
2018876,000 354,750 354,750 365,500 1,951,000 731,000 2,316,500 61%41%
(12 months/4.5 months
as Deputy CEO)
2017 664,000 301,290 301,290 310,420 1,577,000 620,840 1,887,420 76%51%
(10 months in role)
M Hand
2019 726,000 198,000 198,000 204,000 1,326,000 408,000 1,530,000 41%28%
(9 months as Disclosed
Executive)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
72
Remuneration Report continued
M Jablko
2019 1,000,000 544,500 544,500 561,000 2,650,000 1,122,000 3,211,000 83%55%
2018 1,000,000 577,500 577,500 595,000 2,750,000 1,190,000 3,345,000 88%58%
2017 1,000,000 739,200 739,200 761,600 3,240,000 1,523,200 4,001,600 112%75%
A Watson
2
2019 219,440 170,255 113,504 - 503,199 - 503,199 65%43%
(3.5 months in role)
M Whelan
2019 1,200,000 874,500 874,500 901,000 3,850,000 1,802,000 4,751,000 110%74%
2018 1,200,000 717,750 717,750 739,500 3,375,000 1,479,000 4,114,500 91%60%
2017 1,200,000 1,080,750 1,080,750 1,113,500 4,475,000 2,227,000 5,588,500 136%91%
Former Disclosed Executives
D Hisco
2
2019 843,521 - - - 843,521 - 843,521 0%0%
(8.5 months in role)
2018 1,170,713 644,397 644,397 663,925 3,123,432 1,327,849 3,787,356 83%56%
2017 1,195,013 726,181 726,181 748,187 3,395,563 1,496,374 4,143,749 92%61%
F Ohlsson
2019 240,000 n/a n/a n/a 240,000 n/a 240,000 n/an/a
(3 months in role)
2018 1,000,000 396,000 396,000 408,000 2,200,000 816,000 2,608,000 60%40%
2017 1,000,000 534,600 534,600 550,800 2,620,000 1,101,600 3,170,800 81%54%
1.
Deferred share rights for the CRO.
2.
Paid in NZD and converted to AUD. The year-on-year difference in 2017 and 2018 fixed remuneration for D Hisco relates to fluctuations in the exchange rate.
5.2 2019 ACTUAL REMUNERATION RECEIVED
This table shows the remuneration the CEO and Disclosed Executives actually received in relation to the 2019 performance year as cash, or in
the case of prior equity awards, the value which vested in 2019. The final column also shows the value of prior equity awards which lapsed/were
forfeited in 2019 (these awards reflect the 2015 performance rights which partially met the performance hurdles when tested in November
2018, and additionally for David Hisco the forfeiture of all of his unvested deferred remuneration on cessation of employment).
Fixed
remuneration
$
Cash variable
remuneration
$
Total
cash
$
Deferred variable
remuneration
which vested
during the year
1
$
Other deferred
remuneration
which vested
during the year
1
$
Actual
remuneration
received
$
Deferred variable
remuneration which
lapsed/forfeited
during the year
1, 2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Elliott
2,100,000 750,000 2,850,000 1,243,464 - 4,093,464 (3,038,880)
M Carnegie
1,000,000 495,000 1,495,000 153,490 - 1,648,490 -
K Corbally
3
950,000 478,500 1,428,500 430,229 573,129 2,431,858 (184,676)
A George
1,000,000 528,000 1,528,000 301,609 - 1,829,609 (101,328)
M Hand
726,000 198,000 924,000 - - 924,000 -
M Jablko
4
1,000,000 544,500 1,544,500 192,589 318,564 2,055,653 -
A Watson
5
219,440 170,255 389,695 - - 389,695 -
M Whelan
1,200,000 874,500 2,074,500 704,915 - 2,779,415 (1,059,695)
Former Disclosed Executives
D Hisco
2, 5, 6
843,521 - 843,521 654,067 - 1,497,588 (7,385,293)
F Ohlsson
240,000 n/a 240,000 433,146 - 673,146 (191,526)
1.
The point in time value of previously deferred remuneration granted as shares/share rights and/or performance rights is based on the one day Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of the
Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the date of vesting or lapsing/forfeiture multiplied by the number of shares/share rights and/or performance rights.
2.
The lapsed/forfeited values relate to the performance rights we awarded in November 2015 which lapsed due to the performance hurdles not being met, and for D Hisco forfeiture on
cessation of unvested deferred remuneration.
3.
Other deferred remuneration for K Corbally relates to a previously disclosed equity retention award relating to his role prior to appointment to the Group Executive Committee.
4.
Other deferred remuneration for M Jablko relates to previously disclosed compensation for deferred remuneration forfeited as a result of joining ANZ.
5.
Paid in NZD and converted to AUD.
6.
The vested values for D Hisco relate to deferred shares, deferred share rights and performance rights awarded in prior years that vested prior to cessation.
73
5.3 FIXED REMUNERATION
The Board sets (and reviews annually) the CEO and Disclosed
Executives’ fixed remuneration based on financial services market
relativities and reflecting their responsibilities, performance,
qualifications, experience and location.
There was no change to the CEO’s fixed remuneration for 2019 and it
has not changed since commencement in the role on 1 January 2016.
During 2019, the HR Committee and Board reviewed the Disclosed
Executives’ fixed remuneration. The only changes made were for
two executives.
•Kevin Corbally received a fixed remuneration increase from
$900,000 to $1,000,000 on 1 April 2019. On commencing in his
role as CRO, Kevin’s fixed remuneration was set below the market
median for comparable roles in peer group companies and lower
than that of his predecessor. With the significant increase in
regulatory activity and complexity of the risk environment, and
following a strong performance in his role and reviewing internal
relativities, the Board considered the increase appropriate.
•Mark Hand received a fixed remuneration increase from $800,000
to $1,000,000 on his appointment to the Group Executive,
Australia Retail and Commercial Banking role effective 1 March
2019 to reflect his expanded responsibilities.
5.4 VARIABLE REMUNERATION – DETAIL
5.4.1 CEO performance, AVR and LTVR
Performance
With regard to AVR, the CEO is assessed 50% on the ANZ Group
Performance Framework and 50% on achievement of individual
strategic objectives aligned to ANZ’s strategy. Both the Group
Performance Framework and individual strategic objectives are
agreed by the Board at the start of the financial year and intended
to be stretching.
At the end of the financial year, ANZ’s performance is assessed
against the Group Performance Framework, and the CEO’s
performance is assessed against his individual strategic objectives,
the ANZ values (behaviours), delivery of the BEAR obligations
and ANZ’s risk and compliance standards. In conducting the
CEO’s performance assessment, the HR Committee seeks input
from the Chairman, CRO (on risk management), CFO (on financial
performance), Group Executive, Talent and Culture (GE T&C) (on
talent and culture matters) and Group General Manager Internal
Audit (GGM IA) (on internal audit matters).
The Board has assessed the CEO’s 2019 performance as follows:
•Group Performance Framework = Below Expectations
(see section 5.5.3)
•Individual strategic objectives = Slightly Below Expectations
(see Board assessment below)
•ANZ values = Above Expectations
•Risk/compliance assessment = Met Expectations
•Board discretion = As CEO Shayne Elliott is
ultimately accountable for the Group’s overall performance,
the Board has exercised their discretion in determining the
appropriate AVR outcome for 2019 as detailed below.
2019 CEO individual strategic objectives
•Lead and role model the culture and accountability required
to transform ANZ to deliver better customer outcomes and
long-term shareholder value
•Enhance the reputation of ANZ
•Drive the strategic direction of the organisation to deliver
long-term, sustainable and profitable growth
•Drive the success of New Ways of Working (NWOW ) at
ANZ and demonstrate better customer outcomes and
productivity gains
•Continue to build Group Executive Committee effectiveness
and CEO succession
Board assessment of performance on individual strategic
objectives: Slightly Below Expectations
The CEO consistently role modelled the ANZ culture and values in
his actions throughout a challenging year for the banking sector.
This included the content and manner of his testimony before the
Royal Commission and also his handling of the Code of Conduct
breach by the former Group Executive and CEO, NZ.
Work continued on rebuilding ANZ’s reputation following the
Royal Commission last year. However, this was impacted by
further remediation charges and challenges in our NZ business.
In Australia Retail and Commercial, poor execution of changes to
certain processes and procedures including technology transition
saw customer loan assessment and approval times extend, leading
to a loss of market share. Actions taken throughout mid calendar
2019 have improved these issues.
The CEO has continued to build on the key planks of the ANZ
strategy – capital efficiency, productivity and simplification –
to deliver long-term targeted growth. ANZ delivered a solid
financial performance in 2019 – with capital well above APRA’s
unquestionably strong Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) requirements,
continued productivity savings and the completion of further
asset/business disposals. While lending growth in the year was
modest, delivery of the core aspects of the strategy positions ANZ
well for the future.
Around 25% of our people now work in new ways which is driving
speed and productivity benefits. These changes are enhancing
speed of delivery to customers and producing higher employee
engagement results.
The CEO has restructured accountability of the Group Executive
Committee in 2019 to enhance success and strengthen succession
– filling the gaps arising in the Australian business leadership and
in dealing with the NZ business leadership issues including the
cessation of the former Group Executive and CEO, NZ.
Weighting of financial metrics
AVR: Financial metrics have a 35% weighting in the Group
Performance Framework and therefore notionally have a
17.5% weighting in the CEO’s AVR. However, the CEO’s AVR
is not formulaic – outcomes are moderated by the Risk and
Reputation element of the Group Performance Framework and
the Board’s judgement on the appropriate AVR considering all
aspects of performance.
LTVR: 100% of the LTVR hurdles are based on TSR (both relative
and absolute). ANZ’s view is that TSR is not purely a financial
measure as it reflects a range of factors including investors’
judgement about the prospects of a company.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
74
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
AVR and LTVR
At the end of the financial year, the HR Committee determines the
CEO’s AVR outcome which is ultimately approved by the Board.
The CEO’s AVR will vary up or down year-on-year, it is not
guaranteed, and may range from zero to a maximum opportunity.
The 2019 AVR awarded to the CEO is 48% of maximum opportunity.
Shayne Elliott has demonstrated strong leadership both within ANZ
and the industry more broadly and delivered solid results for the
Group. He has dealt with challenges which arose during the year in a
way that is consistent with the culture we are seeking.
Despite having been assessed as met or being above expectations
on the risk/compliance assessment and ANZ values, and being
slightly below on individual strategic objectives and the Group
Performance Framework, the Board has exercised its discretion and
reduced the AVR having regard to the CEO’s ultimate accountability
for the overall performance of the Group. The Board determined that
an AVR outcome of 48% of maximum opportunity was appropriate
for 2019.
The CEO’s proposed LTVR of $4.2 million (performance rights face
value at full vesting) is subject to shareholder approval at the 2019
AGM.
2019 AVR Awarded
This table shows the AVR awarded to the CEO for the year ending
30 September 2019.
S Elliott
1
LTVR $4,200,000 performance rights face value at full vesting (subject to shareholder approval at the 2019 AGM)
AVR $1,500,000
48% of max
Cash
Deferred shares
CEO
+
Maximum opportunity
=
$750,000
+
$750,000
Summary of Total Remuneration
The remuneration Shayne Elliott received in 2019 differs to the remuneration he was awarded in relation to the 2019 performance year (which
may or may not vest in future years), and also how his remuneration was expensed (on a statutory basis) for 2019. Awarded remuneration
shown below includes the value of the performance rights at both threshold (50%) and full (100%) vesting.
Total Remuneration
Awarded
Received
1
Statutory
2
Threshold vestingFull vesting
2019$5,700,000$7,800,000$4,093,464$5,181,339
2018$5,250,000$6,650,000$3,849,666$5,645,295
2017$6,200,000$8,300,000$4,261,588$5,634,860
1.
Includes the value of previously awarded AVR deferred shares and LTVR performance rights at the date of vesting.
2.
Includes the value of AVR and LTVR that has been expensed in the year.
The difference in the CEO’s awarded remuneration reflects the variability in Group and individual performance and the reduction in his 2018
variable remuneration to acknowledge the conduct issues and reputational damage of the matters raised in the Royal Commission.
The difference in the CEO’s received remuneration also reflects the partial vesting in 2019 of performance rights granted in December 2015.
Historical AVR and LTVR
This table shows the AVR as a % of maximum opportunity and LTVR vesting outcomes for the CEO over the last three years.
201720182019
AVR outcome (% of maximum opportunity)63%56%48%
LTVR vesting outcome (% vested)0%0%21.8%
5.4.2 Disclosed Executive performance and VR
Performance
At the start of each year, the Board sets stretching performance objectives in the form of Divisional Performance Frameworks for each of our
Disclosed Executives, in alignment with the Group Performance Framework.
Similar to the Group Performance Framework, the Divisional Performance Frameworks include the key elements of Financial and Discipline,
Customer, and People and Culture, with Risk and Reputation acting as a modifier. The weighting of measures varies to reflect the
responsibilities of each individual’s role. The Financial and Discipline element weightings range from 20% to 45%.
1.
Variable remuneration for the CEO = AVR + LTVR.
75
At the end of the financial year, the performance of each Disclosed
Executive is assessed against their contribution to the Group
Performance Framework, their Divisional Performance Framework,
ANZ’s values (behaviours), delivery of BEAR obligations and ANZ’s risk
and compliance standards.
The HR Committee seeks input from the CEO, CRO (on risk
management), CFO (on financial performance), GE T&C (on talent
and culture matters) and GGM IA (on internal audit matters).
The HR Committee reviews and recommends to the Board for approval
the overall performance outcomes for each Disclosed Executive.
VR
At the end of the financial year, the CEO and HR Committee also
determine VR recommendations for each Disclosed Executive, which
are ultimately approved by the Board. VR should and does vary year-
on-year in line with performance – it is not guaranteed and may be
adjusted up or down ranging from zero to a maximum opportunity.
The average 2019 VR for Disclosed Executives is 45% of maximum
opportunity. There is significant differentiation at an individual
level ranging between 0% to 74% of maximum. The different VR
outcomes reflect the relative performance of the different areas/
individuals, ensuring appropriate alignment between performance
and reward. The outcomes also demonstrate the at risk nature of
VR, showing that VR is truly variable, and that outcomes do vary
significantly across the Disclosed Executives and also from year to
year. To illustrate we note that:
•Mark Whelan has been awarded 74% of maximum
opportunity reflecting the delivery of strong financial results
across Institutional, sound risk management, the continued
transformation of this business, and the strong focus on culture.
•Alexis George has a broad role: she is Deputy CEO and also has
responsibility for Operations and Services and Wealth Australia.
Her VR outcome of 53% of maximum opportunity was impacted
for Wealth remediation while also taking into account her strong
performance across all aspects of her role.
•Mark Hand moved into leading Australia Retail and Commercial part
way through the year. He is the right person to run this part of the
business going forward and has already led a strong program of
work to restore business momentum. However as Group Executive
he is held accountable for the weaker performance of this business
and has been awarded VR at 28% of maximum opportunity.
•David Hisco was in his role for eight and a half months of the
year, however given the circumstances of his departure, was not
awarded any VR (and he also immediately forfeited all unvested
remuneration).
•Fred Ohlsson was not eligible for 2019 VR due to being in his role
for approximately three months in 2019.
2019 VR Awarded
This table shows the combined VR awarded to Disclosed Executives
for the year ending 30 September 2019. Based on shareholder
feedback, the face value of performance rights is disclosed at full
vesting, which differs from the disclosures in previous years.
Maximum opportunity
Current Disclosed Executives
CashDeferred shares or deferred share rights
Performance rights face value at full vesting
4
D Hisco
3
VR $0
0% of max
F Ohlsson
VR n/a
Former Disclosed Executives
M Carnegie
VR $2,010,000
50% of max
=
K Corbally
1
VR $1,450,000
57% of max
=
A George
VR $2,144,000
53% of max
=
M Hand
2
VR $804,000
28% of max
=
=
$495,000$1,020,000$495,000
++
++
$478,500$478,500$493,000
++
$528,000$1,088,000$528,000
++
$408,000
M Jablko
VR $2,211,000
55% of max
=
++
$544,500$544,500$1,122,000
A Watson
2
VR $283,759
43% of max
=
+
$170,255$113,504
M Whelan
VR $3,551,000
74% of max
=
++
$874,500$874,500$1,802,000
$198,000$198,000
1.
CRO receives deferred share rights instead of performance rights.
2.
Remuneration disclosed from commencement in Disclosed Executive role. Acting Group
Executive and CEO, NZ role awarded 60% of VR as cash and 40% as deferred shares.
3.
Remuneration disclosed to date of cessation.
4.
Divide by two to convert to face value at threshold vesting for performance rights.
ffiffflfi2fiffiffffffifi
76
Remuneration Report continued
Historical Disclosed Executive VR
This table shows the VR as a % of maximum opportunity for the current and prior Disclosed Executives over the last three years.
201720182019
VR outcome (average % of maximum opportunity)64%51%45%
VR outcome (range % of maximum opportunity)51% – 91%40% – 60%0% – 74%
VR performance rights vesting outcome (% vested)0%0%21.8%
5.4.3 Performance rights outcomes (CEO and Disclosed Executives)
Performance rights granted to the CEO in December 2015 and Disclosed Executives (excluding the CRO) in November 2015 reached the end
of their performance period in November 2018. Based on performance against hurdles, 21.8% of these rights vested, the remaining 78.2%
lapsed and provided no value.
HurdleGrant date
1
First date
exercisable
1
ANZ TSR
over three years/
CAGR
2
TSR
Median TSR
over three years/
CAGR
2
TSR target
% vestedOverall
performance rights
outcome
1/3 relative TSR
– Select Financial Services
comparator group
18 Nov 1518 Nov 1815.79%10.57%65.3%
21.8%
vested and
78.2% lapsed
1/3 relative TSR
– ASX 50 comparator group
18 Nov 1518 Nov 1815.79%32.16%0%
1/3 absolute CAGR2 TSR18 Nov 1518 Nov 185.01%9.00%0%
1.
Grant date for the CEO was 17 December 2015, and date first exercisable was 17 December 2018. The CEO’s performance period was the same as the performance period for Disclosed Executives.
2.
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR).
3.
From 2016 ANZ moved from three to two TSR hurdles (the relative TSR – ASX 50 hurdle was discontinued).
5.5 ANZIP VARIABLE REMUNERATION POOL AND GROUP PERFORMANCE
5.5.1 ANZIP variable remuneration pool
The ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP) is the variable remuneration plan that covers the CEO and Disclosed Executives (and the majority of
employees). Individual variable remuneration outcomes are funded from the ANZIP pool for all eligible employees, including the CEO’s AVR
and Disclosed Executives’ VR.
At the end of each financial year, the HR Committee makes a recommendation to the Board for their approval on the size of the ANZIP variable
remuneration pool for that year, including its allocation to each Division. The Board exercise their judgement to determine the appropriate
pool size – it is not a formulaic outcome.
When determining the size of the 2019 variable remuneration pool the HR Committee and Board considered a range of inputs. These included:
•our financial performance – a range of metrics are used including cash profit, economic profit and return on risk weighted assets. Economic
profit, which is a risk adjusted measure and a strong indicator of shareholder value, is the primary financial driver but is balanced against
other financial metrics and qualitative factors.
–Solid financial performance with cash profit up 6%, while on a continuing operations basis cash profit is flat and economic profit down 1%.
•our performance against the ANZ Group Performance Framework.
–Assessed overall as being below expectations in 2019 (as detailed in section 5.5.3).
•other relevant factors such as the overall operating environment, market competitive remuneration positioning, affordability, the quality of
our results and prior year pools.
ANZ substantially reduced the size of the ANZIP pool in 2018 decreasing it by around 23% compared to the prior financial year.
In 2019, having considered all of the above inputs, the Board determined that a year-on-year increase of around 9% was appropriate, and
recognising that the pool remains 15% below that of 2017.
Board review and approve the
ANZIP variable remuneration pool
Business and individual
allocations from ANZIP
variable remuneration pool
ANZIP variable remuneration
pool recommended to the Board
for approval based on performance
and affordability
77
5.5.2 ANZ Group Performance Framework
The ANZ Group Performance Framework is approved by the Board at the start of each year and is designed around the following three key inputs:
The key objective of our Group Performance Framework is to enable aligned focus across the organisation on delivering the critical
outcomes that matter most in successful realisation of our strategy, which includes strong and sustainable performance within the year. It
plays a key role to:
•message internally what matters most;
•reinforce the importance of sound management in addition to risk, customer, people and financial outcomes; and
•inform focus of effort, prioritisation and decision outcomes across ANZ.
5.5.3 Assessment against the Group Performance Framework for 2019
As managing risk appropriately is fundamental to the way ANZ operates, Risk and Reputation forms an integral part of the assessment, directly
impacting the overall Group Performance Framework outcome (a modifier ranging from 0% to 110% of the Group Performance Assessment).
Overall, ANZ’s performance was below expectations when considering the environment and the objectives we set ourselves. While we largely
achieved the targets we set, more broadly we recognise we have much to do to regain community trust.
The below table outlines ANZ’s focus areas in 2019 (aligned to the three key inputs), and provides a summary of performance outcomes for
each of the key performance categories to inform the overall assessment for 2019. Performance against expectations is evaluated using a
range of objective indicators and subjective considerations including management input on work undertaken, evidence of outcomes realised
and lessons learned, and with consideration given to the operating, regulatory and competitive environment.
Risk & Reputation
Overall
Adjustment
ASSESSMENT:
Below Expectations
Financial & Discipline
35%
weight
ASSESSMENT:
Met Expectations
Customer
35%
weight
ASSESSMENT:
Below Expectations
People & Culture
30%
weight
ASSESSMENT:
Above Expectations
Overall
Group
Performance
ASSESSMENT:
Below Expectations
x
++
=
Creating a safe
bank with sound
risk practices
1
Achieving our
agreed annual and
longer term goals
2
Realising our
strategic vision
3
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
78
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
RISK & REPUTATION (MODIFIER 0% TO 110%)
ANZ continues to operate in a dynamic and a challenging external and regulatory environment placing significant demands on the Risk
and Compliance function. There were no material breaches of our Group Risk Appetite Statement, and the number of adverse audits fell
by a third with management demonstrating accountability for fixing issues in a timely and sustainable manner. Strong leadership has
been paramount, coupled with a focus on seeking to regain the trust of the community through our commitment to fair and responsible
banking. A combination of management actions over several years together with the current relatively benign credit environment,
delivered one of the lowest loss rates on record. While there were many positives from a risk perspective, our overall risk assessment was
brought back to below expectations when balanced against some non-financial risk shortcomings from a regulatory, customer and
community perspective and the work that still needs to be done to regain community trust.
2019 focus areasPerformance commentaryPerformance against
Expectations
Below Met Above
Adhere to the Risk
Appetite Statement
•Metrics within agreed tolerances (e.g. no material breaches).
•Disciplined risk management over several years (including reshaping the
loan portfolio often at the expense of revenue), saw the 2019 loss rate at
13 bps.
Adopt a sound approach
to regulatory matters
•ANZ continued to work to support our regulators desired outcomes in their
activities and addressing their requirements, however there were some
shortcomings in 2019:
–Two material regulatory infractions in NZ in relation to capital models
and attestation process.
–Along with domestic peers an additional capital overlay required for
operational risk following APRA’s self-assessment into governance,
culture and accountability.
Ensure our leaders
demonstrate
accountability for
managing risk, including
creating an environment
where people can
raise issues
•Strong progress made on risk culture maturity, evidenced in employee
engagement scores, with ‘Leaders accountable for risk’ (83%) –
improvement on 2018 and above 2019 target, and ‘Raise issues without
fear of reprisal’ (69%) – also up on 2018.
Quickly and effectively
remediate individual and
systemic customer issues
•While remediation focused on strategic and long-term fixes (systems,
terms and conditions and product decommissioning), short-term fixes
included refunding greater than 1 million accounts. In 2019, we returned
approximately $108 million to impacted customers.
•Dispute Resolution Principles launched in 2019.
•Continued efforts still required to improve customer complaints and
remediation processes.
Identify and address
community priorities
•ANZ was the first bank to make Royal Commission commitments and has
retained high scores in a number of indices:
–Corporate Confidence Index (CCI)
1
: Score above peer average
–Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI)
2
: 2019 score of 82 (2018: 83). ANZ
returned to global top ten (#10 overall)
–Glassdoor
3
employer of choice ratings: score of 3.9 represents a
0.4 uplift on prior period (Glassdoor average 3.4)
•Our Reptrak community sentiment indicator improved over the 12
months to 58.8 but remains well below pre Royal Commission levels.
•Regaining the trust of the community, government and other key
stakeholders remains a major focus – which includes working to deliver
more consistent outcomes in credit approval processes, and providing
clarity to customers regarding ANZ’s risk tolerance.
Risk & Reputation overall: Below Expectations
Risk & Reputation (modifier 0% to 110%)
79
RISK & REPUTATION (MODIFIER 0% TO 110%)
We are committed to improving the customer experience, as highlighted by the implementation of 16 initiatives in Australia in response
to the Royal Commission. There were however some challenges during the year which led to a below expectations assessment. These
included some technology stability issues, and a period of underperformance in respect of assessment and approval times relative to
peers in home lending. Institutional performance in key customer satisfaction/relationship strength surveys continued to be a highlight,
along with strong digital engagement with customers.
2019 focus areasPerformance commentaryPerformance against
Expectations
Below Met Above
Improve customer
experience (key impact
to customer assessment
outcome)
•Examples of initiatives to improve the customer experience include:
in Australia introducing Customer Promises to improve service, and
organising our people around customer episodes; in NZ launching the
Healthy Homes initiative and helping customers with persistent card debt.
•A period of below peer approval and assessment times in Australian home
lending (an outcome of a higher level of change, including enhanced
assessment criteria and delays in moving to a single assessment platform).
Listen, Learn, Act to drive
continuous improvement
•Net Promoter Score (NPS)
4
centred on key onboarding episodes. Results
were mixed with improvement in retail transaction accounts, business
lending and business transaction accounts. Down in NZ.
•ANZ ranked the #1 lead institutional bank by Peter Lee Associates
5
for the
fourth year and #1 for relationship strength for the sixth year. Institutional
recorded strongest results ever with leadership positions obtained for
the majority of key indicators including overall satisfaction, and most
trusted adviser.
Delivering innovative
solutions
•Single view of customer now available in Retail and Commercial
in Australia and improved customer insights within the business
customer space.
•ANZ’s New Payments Platform (NPP) solution is being used as a white
label offering by 10 other banks.
•In line with our objective of delivering digital solutions that improve the
customer experience, digital purchases increased (28% vs 24% target) and
NZ #1 for being a ‘Leader in Mobile Banking’.
•We have invested in Machine Learning in our Institutional Trade business
leading to significant improvements in processing times and risk controls.
Help our people to make
wise customer focused
choices every day
•More than 1 million customers contacted to help them get better value
from their banking products.
•16 initiatives implemented to improve the treatment of customers in
Australia. These included new dispute resolution principles to ensure
customer complaints and disputes are handled reasonably and fairly.
Customer overall: Below Expectations
Customer (35% weight)
2019 Rem9200u2n9ratiro
80
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
A number of highlights contributed to an above expectations assessment including: strengthening our Accountability and Consequence
Framework, evolving our approach to measurement and governance of culture initiatives, redesigning and launching changes to how
we manage and reward our people, solid progress in the investment in key skills for our future, launch of a digital learning platform, and a
record level engagement survey result.
2019 focus areasPerformance commentaryPerformance against
Expectations
Below MetAbove
Engaging our people
and diversifying our
workforce
•Overall engagement score increased to 77% (up 4% from 2018), with
improvements also seen in key measures, such as leaders role modelling
our values (73% up 2% from 2018).
•Women in leadership increased to 32.5% (against a 33.1% target). Positive
progress was made in Technology (up 3.3% from 2018) and Institutional
(up 3.2% from 2018), two of our most challenging areas historically.
•Maintained a high score (>90%) of an environment that is open and
accepting of individual differences.
Strengthen governance
and accountability for
culture, including an
effective Accountability
and Consequence
Framework
•The Accountability and Governance Model for Culture evolved to
provide greater clarity and transparency on accountabilities, and
improved measurement.
•Continued strengthening of our Accountability and Consequence
Framework.
Improve leader capability
•Continued focus on building leader capability through initiatives such
as the 180 leadership survey.
•Leadership Promotor Scores improved from 20 in 2018 to 24 and then
28 over the course of 2019.
Implement
Reimagining Reward
•ANZ redesigned and launched changes to how we manage and reward
our people to better focus on the interests of our customers, the long-
term health of the bank, and team rather than individual outcomes.
Strengthen strategic
capabilities
•Invested in technology engineering and data capability (>350 roles now
dedicated to data analysis and science).
•Launched a digital learning platform.
People & Culture overall: Above Expectations
People & Culture (30% weight)
81
RISK & REPUTATION (MODIFIER 0% TO 110%)
The operating environment remains challenging, due to competitive pressures and economic conditions. ANZ was well prepared for
these difficult conditions, maintaining a strong balance sheet, peer leading levels of capital, demonstrating good cost management
despite higher regulatory and compliance spend, and further improvements in our credit risk profile. At no time did the bank deviate
from its strategy or risk appetite to seek higher revenues. Divestments during the year again reduced the complexity of the Group.
Ongoing work to identify customers in need of remediation led to further remediation charges, which impacted financial performance.
2019 focus areasPerformance commentary
Performance against
Expectations
Below Met Above
Balance appropriately
between financial results,
safety and soundness,
and investment in
the future
•Return on equity (ROE) (cash continuing) of 10.9% was on target, noting
the difficult operating environment.
•Operating expenses were down 4%. Excluding the impact of large/
notable items
6
, costs remained flat despite increased investment in the
business and higher compliance spend.
•Capital and funding continue to be well managed. A$3 billion share
buyback was completed during the year enabling cash earnings per
share (EPS) growth and CET1 of 11.4% was above minimum regulatory
requirements. Net Stable Funding Ratio of 116%.
•The completion of divestments during the year further reduced the
complexity of the Group (e.g. OnePath sale to Zurich, OnePath NZ to
Cigna, sale of businesses in Cambodia and Papua New Guinea).
Establish a framework
and governance structure
with agreed outcomes,
and start to execute on
simplification
•Simplification framework and governance structures were established
during the year, and planning commenced across all businesses to
progress our simplification ambition – which is centred on delivering
better customer and employee experience, while lowering operational
risk and reducing the cost to serve.
Simplify and standardise
our technology landscape
in support of our
ambitions
•Significant increase in usage of Technology Platforms across Automation,
Data and Payments (e.g. NPP) resulting in enhanced customer insights,
and improved service delivery from a single view of the customer in
Australia Retail and Commercial.
•Machine Learning as a service platform launched. Benefits include a 40%
improvement in customer service level agreements for Trade Guarantees.
Make reasonable steps
towards the separation
of Wealth
•During the year, the legal separation of the Pensions and Investments
business from the life insurance business was completed. Following this,
the sale of the Australian life insurance business to Zurich was completed.
•ANZ and IOOF continue to work towards the sale of the Pensions and
Investments business. Subject to APRA approval, ANZ expects the
transaction to complete in the first quarter of calendar year 2020.
•Separation activities continue for both businesses.
Financial & Discipline overall: Met Expectations
Group Performance assessment: Below Expectations
1.
Corporate Confidence Index (CCI): Outcomes of the CCI are provided to ANZ on a confidential basis.
2.
Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI): Evaluates the sustainability performance of thousands of companies trading publicly, operated under a strategic partnership between S&P Dow Jones
Indices and RobecoSAM (Sustainable Asset Management).
3.
Glassdoor is a website where employees and former employees anonymously review companies and their management.
4.
Net Promoter Score (NPS) is a customer loyalty metric used globally to evaluate a company’s brand, products or services. Net Promoter® and NPS® are registered trademarks and Net Promoter
Score and Net Promoter System are trademarks of Bain & Company, Satmetrix Systems and Fred Reichheld.
5.
Peter Lee Associates 2019 Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, Australia and NZ.
6.
Large/notable items include the impact of divestments, customer remediation, accelerated software amortisation, Royal Commission legal costs and restructuring.
Financial & Discipline (35% weight)
Overall
2019 Rem9200u2n9ratiro
82
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
5.5.3 ANZ performance outcomes
ANZ’s financial performance 2015 – 2019
As discussed in section 5.5.1, the sizing of the ANZIP variable remuneration pool takes into account a range of financial metrics, including
economic profit and cash profit. The Group uses cash profit as a measure of performance for the Group’s ongoing business activities, as this
provides a basis to assess Group and Divisional performance against earlier periods and against peer institutions. We calculate cash profit by
adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. Although cash profit is not audited, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that
recurring adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.
The table below provides ANZ’s financial performance, including cash profit, over the last five years.
20152016201720182019
Statutory profit ($m)7,4935,7096,4066,4005,953
Cash profit ($m, unaudited)7,2165,8896,9385,8056,161
Cash profit – Continuing operations ($m, unaudited)
1
7,2165,8896,8096,4876,470
Cash ROE (%) – Continuing operations (unaudited)
1
14.010.311.711.010.9
Cash EPS – Continuing operations (unaudited)
1
260.3202.6232.7223.4227.6
Share price at 30 September ($) (On 1 October 2014, opening share price was $30.74)27.0827.6329.6028.1828.52
Total dividend (cents per share)181160160160160
Total shareholder return (12 month %)(7.5)9.213.10.69.2
1.
Cash profit from continuing operations has been presented for 2017, 2018 and 2019. Prior periods are not restated. Cash profit from continuing operations represents the Group’s cash profit
excluding the impact of our discontinued businesses, which consist of OnePath Pensions and Investments and aligned dealer groups, and the Group’s life insurance business in Australia.
The businesses were reclassified to discontinuing in 2018, and only the 2017 result was restated in the table above. During 2019, the Group adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with
Customers and only 2018 has been restated.
ANZ TSR performance (1 to 10 years)
The table below compares ANZ’s TSR performance against the median TSR and upper quartile TSR of the performance rights Select Financial
Services (SFS) comparator group over one to ten years. ANZ’s TSR performance was below the median TSR of the SFS Comparator Group when
comparing over one, three, five and ten years to 30 September 2019, noting that the below table measures TSR over a different timeframe to
the performance period for our performance rights.
YEARS TO 30 SEPTEMBER 2019
13
1
510
ANZ (%)9.222.321.6109.8
Median TSR SFS (%)14.231.231.8134.0
Upper quartile TSR SFS (%)15.737.040.2180.9
1.
The outcomes for performance rights granted in November/December 2015 and tested in November 2018 are detailed in section 5.4.3.
6. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE AND DELIVERY
There are two core components of remuneration at ANZ – fixed
remuneration and at risk variable remuneration.
In structuring remuneration, the Board aims to find the right balance
between fixed and variable remuneration (at risk), the way it is
delivered (cash versus deferred remuneration) and appropriate
time frames (the short, medium and long-term).
The way variable remuneration operates differs somewhat between
the CEO and Disclosed Executives. Namely:
•The CEO’s variable remuneration is comprised of AVR and LTVR
(subject to shareholder approval), which provides consistency
with external market practice, and LTVR reinforces his focus
on achieving longer term strategic objectives and long-term
stakeholder value creation.
•Disclosed Executives are subject to one combined VR plan which
enables us to:
–provide the appropriate mix of short and long-term rewards
(including performance hurdles) to drive performance, and
attract and retain talent;
–tie the full VR award to the performance of ANZ; and
–defer VR over the short, medium and longer term.
Variable remuneration seeks to differentiate for performance and is
designed to focus our CEO and Disclosed Executives on stretching
performance objectives supporting our business strategy, and
encourage the delivery of long-term stakeholder value.
By deferring a significant portion of variable remuneration (79% of
maximum opportunity for the CEO, 75% for Disclosed Executives, 67%
for the CRO and 40% for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ),
we seek to ensure alignment with shareholder interests to deliver on
ANZ’s strategic objectives and ensure a focus on long-term value creation.
Deferred variable remuneration has significant retention elements,
and most importantly, can be adjusted downwards, including to zero,
allowing the Board to hold executives accountable, individually or
collectively, for the longer term impacts of their decisions and actions.
Board discretion is applied when determining all CEO and Disclosed
Executive variable remuneration outcomes, and also before any
scheduled release of previously deferred remuneration (i.e. consider
malus or further deferral).
83
CRO
To preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any
conflicts of interest in carrying out the risk control function across
the organisation, the CRO’s remuneration arrangements differ to
other Disclosed Executives.
The remuneration mix is 27% fixed remuneration and 73% VR
maximum opportunity. The VR target opportunity is 180% of fixed
remuneration and VR maximum opportunity is 270% of fixed
remuneration. VR is delivered as 33% cash, 33% deferred shares and
34% deferred share rights (instead of performance rights).
Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ
Due to the acting nature of Antonia Watson’s appointment her
remuneration arrangements differ to other Disclosed Executives.
For the time spent in this acting role, her fixed remuneration has
been set at NZ$800,000 per annum (from 17 June 2019) and
her VR maximum opportunity has been increased to 300% of
fixed remuneration (her remuneration mix is therefore 25% fixed
remuneration and 75% VR maximum opportunity). Her VR will be
delivered as 60% cash and 40% as shares deferred for four years
(ensuring compliance with the BEAR).
Disclosed Executive
1
Minimum = Fixed remuneration
Target = Fixed remuneration + target VR (200% of fixed remuneration (performance rights face value at threshold vesting))
Maximum = Fixed remuneration + maximum VR (402% of fixed remuneration (150% of target VR and performance rights face value to full vesting))
Fixed remuneration
VR cash
VR deferred shares
VR performance rights
100%
33%
22%22%
23%
20%20%20%40%
Minimum opportunity
Maximum opportunity
Target opportunity
6.1 REMUNERATION MIX
We structure the CEO and Disclosed Executives’ remuneration as follows:
CEO
Minimum = Fixed remuneration ($2.1 million)
Target = Fixed remuneration + target AVR (100% of fixed remuneration) + target LTVR (100% of fixed remuneration
(performance rights face value at threshold vesting))
Maximum = Fixed remuneration + maximum AVR (150% of fixed remuneration) + maximum LTVR
(200% of fixed remuneration (performance rights face value to full vesting))
Fixed remuneration
AVR cash
AVR deferred shares
LTVR performance rights
100%
33%
17%17%33%$6.3 million
$2.1 million
22%17%17%44%
$9.45 million
Minimum opportunity
Maximum opportunity
Target opportunity
1.
Excluding CRO and Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
84
Remuneration Report continued
6.2.1 Cash – CEO (AVR) and Disclosed Executives (VR)
The cash component is paid to executives at the end of the annual Performance and Remuneration Review (usually in late November).
6.2.2 Deferred shares – CEO (AVR) and Disclosed Executives (VR)
Deferred shares are ordinary shares, deferred over one to four years (deferred for four years for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ).
By deferring part of an executives’ remuneration over time (and it remaining subject to malus), we enable a substantial amount of their
remuneration to be directly linked to delivering long-term shareholder value. We grant deferred shares in respect of performance for the
1 October to 30 September financial year in late November each year.
We calculate the number of deferred shares to be granted based on the VWAP of the shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to
and including the date of grant. For disclosure and expensing purposes, we use the one day VWAP to determine the fair value.
In some cases (generally due to regulatory or tax reasons), we may grant deferred share rights to executives instead of deferred shares.
Each deferred share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share.
6.2.3a Performance rights – CEO (LTVR) and Disclosed Executives (VR) excluding the CRO and Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ
A performance right is a right to acquire one ordinary ANZ share at nil cost – as long as time and performance hurdles are met. The future
value of performance rights may range from zero to an indeterminate value. The value depends on our performance against the hurdles and
on the share price at the time of exercise.
1 Oct 2018
30 Sep 2019
Nov 2019
Nov 2020
Nov 2021
Nov 2022
Nov 2023
Fixed remuneration
ANZ
financial year
Deferred shares
1
(AVR/VR)
Variable remuneration paid/allocated
Cash
(AVR/VR)
Vesting is subject to
meeting TSR performance
hurdles at end of year 4
40% vesting at
the end of year 1
30% vesting at
the end of year 2
20% vesting at
the end of year 3
Performance
rights
2
(LTVR/VR)
10% vesting at
the end of year 4
1.
Deferred shares for the CRO vest as follows: 30% at the end of years 1 and 2, and 20% at the end of years 3 and 4. Deferred shares for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ vest as follows:
100% at the end of year 4.
2.
Deferred share rights for the CRO. No performance rights for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.
6.2. VARIABLE REMUNERATION DELIVERY
Variable remuneration for the CEO and the Disclosed Executives (excluding the CRO and Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ) is delivered
partly in cash, shares deferred over four years, and performance rights deferred over four years. The performance rights are also subject to
performance hurdles which determine whether they vest in four years’ time.
Before any scheduled release of deferred shares/deferred share rights/performance rights, the Board considers whether any malus/downward
adjustment of previously deferred remuneration (or further deferral of vesting) should be made for the CEO and Disclosed Executives. See
section 6.3.
85
The performance rights have a four-year performance period. For the 2019 grant, the performance period is from 22 November 2019 to
21 November 2023. A four-year performance period provides sufficient time for longer term performance to be reflected.
More detail relating to the 2019 performance rights is provided below.
ElementDetail
Performance
rights hurdles
The performance rights have TSR performance hurdles reflecting the importance of focusing on achieving longer term
strategic objectives and aligning executives’ and shareholders’ interests. We will apply two TSR performance hurdles for the
2019 grants of performance rights:
•75% will be measured against a relative TSR hurdle, tranche 1.
•25% will be measured against an absolute TSR hurdle, tranche 2.
TSR represents the change in value of a share plus the value of reinvested dividends paid. We regard it as the most
appropriate long-term measure – it focuses on the delivery of shareholder value and is a well understood and tested
mechanism to measure performance.
The combination of relative and absolute TSR hurdles provides balance to the plan by:
•Relative: rewarding executives for performance that exceeds that of comparator companies; and
•Absolute: ensuring there is a continued focus on providing positive growth – even when the market is declining.
The two hurdles measure separate aspects of performance:
•the relative TSR hurdle measures our TSR compared to that of the Select Financial Services comparator group, made up
of core local and global competitors. This comparator group is chosen to broadly reflect the geographies and business
segments in which ANZ competes for revenue; and
•the absolute Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) TSR hurdle provides executives with a more direct line of sight to
the level of shareholder return to be achieved. It also provides a tighter correlation between the executives’ rewards and
the shareholders’ financial outcomes.
We will measure ANZ’s TSR against each hurdle at the end of the four-year performance period to determine whether
each tranche of performance rights become exercisable. We measure each tranche independently from the other – that
is: one tranche may vest fully or partially but the other tranche may not vest.
Relative TSR
hurdle for the
2019 grant
The relative TSR hurdle is an external hurdle that measures our TSR against that of the Select Financial Services comparator
group over four years. The Select Financial Services comparator group (unchanged from prior years) is made up of: Bank
of Queensland Limited; Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited; Commonwealth Bank of Australia Limited; DBS Bank Limited;
Macquarie Group Limited; National Australia Bank Limited; Standard Chartered PLC; Suncorp Group Limited; and Westpac
Banking Corporation.
If our TSR when compared to the TSR
of the comparator group
then the percentage of performance rights that vest
is less than the 50
th
percentileis nil
reaches at least the 50
th
percentile,
but is less than the 75
th
percentile
is 50% plus 2% for every one percentile increase above the
50
th
percentile
reaches or exceeds the 75
th
percentileis 100%
Absolute TSR
hurdle for the
2019 grant
The Absolute CAGR TSR hurdle is an internal hurdle as to whether ANZ achieves or exceeds a threshold level of growth the
Board sets at the start of the performance period.
The Board reviews and approves the absolute TSR targets each year for that year’s award. When reviewing the targets, the
Board references ANZ’s assessed Cost of Capital. The Cost of Capital is determined using methodologies including the
Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). The primary driver of the reduction in the Cost of Capital used in setting this year’s
target is the reduction in the risk free rate (government bond yield) that has occurred in Australia and other developed
economies in the last 12 months.
If the absolute CAGR of our TSRthen the percentage of performance rights that vest
is less than 8.5%is nil
is 8.5%is 50%
reaches at least 8.5%, but is less than 12.75%is progressively increased on a pro-rata, straight-line, basis
from 50% to 100%
reaches or exceeds 12.75%is 100%
ffiffflfi2fiffiffffffifi
86
Remuneration Report continued
Calculating
TSR
performance
When calculating performance against TSR, we:
•reduce the impact of share price volatility – by using an averaging calculation over a 90-day period for start
and end values;
•ensure an independent measurement – by engaging the services of an external organisation, Mercer Consulting
(Australia) Pty Ltd, to calculate ANZ’s performance against the TSR hurdles; and
•test the performance against the relevant hurdle once only at the end of the four-year performance period – the
rights lapse if the performance hurdle is not met – there is no retesting.
Calculating
the number of
performance
rights
The number of performance rights we grant is calculated using a face value basis – i.e. the full share price. Face value
at full vesting is split into two tranches. Each tranche value is then divided by the market price (five trading day VWAP
of ANZ shares at the start of the performance period) to determine the number of performance rights we award in
each tranche.
Performance rights are allocated in November for Disclosed Executives and December for the CEO (subject to
shareholder approval).
Expensing
performance
rights
ANZ engages PricewaterhouseCoopers to independently determine the fair value of performance rights, which is only
used for expensing purposes. They consider factors including: the performance conditions, share price volatility, life of
the instrument, dividend yield, and share price at grant date.
6.2.3b Deferred share rights – CRO (VR)
The CRO receives deferred share rights instead of performance rights to preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any conflicts
of interest in carrying out the risk control function across the organisation.
The CRO’s deferred share rights are subject to a time-based vesting hurdle of four years. The value the Board uses to determine the number of
deferred share rights to be allocated to the CRO is the face value of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX at the time of grant (five trading
day VWAP).
6.3 MALUS (DOWNWARD ADJUSTMENT OF PREVIOUSLY DEFERRED REMUNERATION) – BOARD DISCRETION
All deferred remuneration we award to an employee is subject to ANZ’s on-going and absolute discretion to adjust this downward (malus)
(including to zero) at any time.
ANZ may exercise this discretion, for example, where:
•there is a need to protect the financial soundness of ANZ or to meet regulatory requirements or there has been a material failure of risk
management or controls within ANZ;
•the employee has acted fraudulently or dishonestly, failed to act with due care, skill and diligence, or failed to comply with ANZ policies
(including the Code of Conduct), processes or directions;
•the employee is responsible or accountable, directly or indirectly, by virtue of their role or seniority for an occurrence/event which has had
an adverse impact on ANZ;
•there has been misconduct and the employee was involved directly or indirectly, failed to take adequate steps, could be considered
responsible due to their seniority, or the decision to award or grant the deferred remuneration was made on the basis of misinformation.
Further, where the CEO and/or Disclosed Executives of ANZ have failed to comply with their accountability obligations under the BEAR, their
deferred remuneration will be reduced by an amount that is proportionate to the failure, as required by the BEAR.
An employee’s deferred remuneration is also subject to ANZ’s on-going and absolute discretion to further defer the vesting. Where ANZ
exercises this discretion, the vesting date is postponed and will not vest unless and until ANZ determines it should vest.
Before any scheduled release of deferred remuneration, the Board (for the CEO and Disclosed Executives) and/or the CRG (for other
employees) considers whether malus/downward adjustment or further deferral should be applied.
87
7. ACCOUNTABILITY AND CONSEQUENCE FRAMEWORK
This year we further strengthened the way we deal with material
risk events through an enhanced Accountability and Consequence
Framework.
The Consequence Review Group (CRG) is chaired by the CEO and
members include the CRO, CFO, GE T&C and GGM IA. The CRG
oversees the implementation and ongoing effectiveness of ANZ’s
Accountability and Consequence Framework, being cognisant of
its impact on the culture of ANZ. The CRG reviews material events,
accountability and the application of suitable consequences (the HR
Committee and Board determine accountability and consequences
for the CEO and Disclosed Executives). Appropriate consequences
are determined in light of the severity of the issue and may include,
for example, one or more of the following: coaching, counselling,
formal warnings, impacts to performance and remuneration
outcomes, impacts on promotion, application of malus and ultimately
termination of employment for the most serious issues. Our ongoing
focus on accountability, consequences and driving a strong risk
culture supports our customer commitment that when things go
wrong, we fix them quickly and consistently hold executives, current
(and former where we can), to account where appropriate.
We also seek to support a strong ‘speak up’ culture and ensure
managers recognise exemplary risk and audit behaviours. The focus
on speak up is being supported through our New Ways of Leading
(NWOL) that are aligned with our purpose and values. NWOL
focuses on five behaviours relevant for all employees and imperative
for people leaders: be curious, create shared clarity, empower
people, connect with empathy and grow people selflessly. We are
incorporating culture into leader-led team activities to facilitate
open, purposeful conversations about our culture and practices and
create a psychologically safe environment for employees to speak
up. We continue to raise employee awareness of, and promote
the various ways that employees can speak up including through
initiatives such as the Whistleblower Awareness Week.
Where employees role model the ANZ values and exemplary risk
management we also seek to recognise and reward this, including
through our annual Performance and Remuneration Review.
In 2019 across the Group, 151 employees were
terminated for breaches of our Code of Conduct. A further 516
employees received a formal disciplinary outcome, with managers
required to apply impacts to their performance and remuneration
outcomes as part of the annual review process.
ANZ announced in June 2019 that David Hisco would depart ANZ.
The Board noted their concerns regarding the characterisation
of certain transactions following an internal review of personal
expenses. This was a clear and public example of the application
of meaningful consequences. David’s employment was ceased, he
was awarded no variable remuneration for 2019 and he immediately
forfeited all unvested deferred remuneration which totalled around
$7.4 million. This provided a clear message both internally and
externally of the importance of doing the right thing and that this is
expected of all our people regardless of seniority.
No malus was applied to the previously deferred remuneration of
the CEO and Disclosed Executives during 2019. As disclosed in 2018
malus (downward adjustment) was applied to the unvested equity
held by former Disclosed Executives.
At the senior leadership level, 30 current or former senior
leaders (senior executives, executives and senior managers) had
consequences applied in 2019 for Code of Conduct breaches or
findings of accountability for a material event, or otherwise left the
bank after an investigation had been initiated. The 30 employees
represent ~1% of the senior leader population. The consequences
applied included warnings, impacts to performance and/or
remuneration outcomes and cessation of employment.
SENIOR LEADER CONSEQUENCES IN 2019
1
Performance and remuneration consequence23
Formal warnings12
No longer employed7
1.
Individuals are included under all categories that are relevant meaning one individual
may be reflected in multiple categories.
8. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (NED) REMUNERATION
8.1 REMUNERATION STRUCTURE
The Board reviewed NED fees for 2019 and determined once again not to increase their fees (which remain unchanged from 2016).
As disclosed in last year’s Remuneration Report, the NEDs who served on the Board in 2018 agreed to a 20% reduction of their Board fee for
2019 (20% reduction to the Chairman fee from $825,000 to $660,000, and 20% reduction to the NED member fee from $240,000 to $192,000)
as a consequence for the shared accountability for the failures highlighted by the Royal Commission.
NEDs receive a base fee for being a Director of the Board, and additional fees for either chairing, or being a member of a Board Committee.
The Chairman of the Board does not receive additional fees for serving on a Board Committee.
In setting Board and Committee fees, the Board considers: general industry practice, corporate governance principles, the responsibilities and
risks attached to the NED role, the time commitment expected of NEDs on Group and Company matters, and fees paid to NEDs of comparable
companies.
ANZ compares NED fees to a comparator group of Australian listed companies with a similar market capitalisation, with particular focus
on the major financial services institutions. This is considered an appropriate group, given similarity in size, nature of work and time
commitment by NEDs.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
88
Remuneration Report continued
To maintain NED independence and impartiality:
•NED fees are not linked to the performance of the Group; and
•NEDs are not eligible to participate in any of the Group’s variable remuneration arrangements.
The current aggregate fee pool for NEDs of $4 million was approved by shareholders at the 2012 AGM. The annual total of NEDs’ fees, including
superannuation contributions, is within this agreed limit.
This table shows the NED fee policy structure for 2019:
Board
1, 2
Board
fee after
reduction
1, 2
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
HR
Committee
Digital Business
& Technology
Committee
Ethics, Environment,
Social & Governance
Committee
Chair fee$825,000$660,000$65,000$62,000$57,000$35,000$35,000
Member fee$240,000$192,000$32,500$31,000$29,000$15,000$15,000
1.
Including superannuation.
2.
The Chairman of the Board does not receive additional fees for serving on a Board Committee.
NED shareholding guidelines
We expect our NEDs to hold ANZ shares. NEDs are required:
•to accumulate shares – over a five-year period from their appointment – to the value of 100% (200% for the Chairman) of the NED member
fee; and
•to maintain this shareholding while they are a Director of ANZ.
All NEDs have met or, if appointed within the last five years, are on track to meet their minimum shareholding requirement.
8.2 2019 STATUTORY REMUNERATION - NEDS
SHORT-TERM NED BENEFITSPOST-EMPLOYMENT
Financial
year
Fees
1
$
Non monetary
benefits
$
Super
contributions
1
$
Total
remuneration
2
$
Current Non-Executive Directors
D Gonski
2019 639,351 - 20,649 660,000
2018 804,831 - 20,169 825,000
I Atlas
2019 275,851 - 20,649 296,500
2018 324,331 - 20,169 344,500
P Dwyer
2019 296,351 - 20,649 317,000
2018 344,831 - 20,169 365,000
J Halton
2019 246,058 - 20,649 266,707
2018 277,567 - 20,169 297,736
J Key
3
2019 229,131 - 20,649 249,780
2018 148,546 - 11,996 160,542
G Liebelt
2019 294,851 - 20,649 315,500
2018 345,858 - 20,169 366,027
J Macfarlane
2019 249,851 - 20,649 270,500
2018 298,331 - 20,169 318,500
Former Non-Executive Director
H Lee
4
2019 57,258 4,832 5,133 67,223
2018 314,831 - 20,169 335,000
Total of all Non-Executive Directors
2019 2,288,702 4,832 149,676 2,443,210
2018 2,859,126 - 153,179 3,012,305
1.
Year-on-year differences in fees relate to the 20% reduction to the Chairman fee and the NED member fees in 2019, changes in Committee memberships and changes to the superannuation
Maximum Contribution Base.
2.
Long-term benefits and share-based payments do not apply for the NEDs.
3.
J Key commenced as a NED for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) on 28 February 2018, so 2018 remuneration reflects a partial service year. In addition for 2018, in
relation to his Non-Executive Directorship from 18 October 2017 for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited, J Key also received a total of NZD 302,925 as a NED until 31 December 2017 and from
1 January 2018 as Chairman. In 2019, J Key also received a total of NZD 382,950 as Chairman for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
4.
H Lee retired as a NED on 19 December 2018, so 2019 remuneration reflects partial service year up to his date of retirement. Non monetary benefits relate to gifts on retirement including
Fringe Benefits Tax.
89
9. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE
9.1 THE HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) COMMITTEE
9.1.1 Role of the HR Committee
The HR Committee supports the Board on remuneration and other
HR matters. It reviews the remuneration policies and practices
of the Group, and monitors market practice and regulatory and
compliance requirements in Australia and overseas.
The HR Committee has a strong focus on the relationship between
business performance, risk management and remuneration,
aligned with our business strategy. The chairs of the Risk and Audit
Committees are members of the HR Committee and often the full
Board is in attendance for specific HR Committee meetings. During
the year the HR Committee met on six occasions and reviewed
and approved, or made recommendations to the Board on matters
including:
•remuneration for the CEO and other key executives (broader
than those disclosed in the Remuneration Report) covered by the
ANZBGL Remuneration Policy and ANZ NZ Remuneration Policy,
and fees for the NEDs;
•the design of significant variable remuneration plans – for
example: the ANZIP – and the progress of the implementation of
changes in Divisional Business Unit Incentive Plans in response
to the industry-wide Retail Remuneration Review by Stephen
Sedgwick AO;
•the design and implementation of Reimagining Reward – an
organisational-wide change to our approach to remuneration,
performance management and recognition, which supports
positive risk culture and includes the redesign of how we manage
and reward our people to better focus on the interests of our
customers, and the long-term health of our bank and team, rather
than individual outcomes;
•the ANZ Group Performance Framework (annual objectives
setting and assessment) and annual variable remuneration spend;
•performance and reward outcomes for key senior executives,
including the consideration of malus/downward adjustment;
•key senior executive appointments and terminations;
•the effectiveness of the ANZBGL Remuneration Policy and
changes to the policy to incorporate the BEAR requirements;
•succession plans for key senior executives;
•culture and governance including endorsing a new culture
accountability model and the strengthened Accountability and
Consequence Framework; and
•diversity, inclusion, and employee engagement.
More details about the role of the HR Committee, including
its Charter, can be found on our website. Go to anz.com > Our
company > Strong governance framework > ANZ Human Resources
Committee Charter.
9.1.2 Link between remuneration and risk
To further reflect the importance of the link between
remuneration and risk:
•the Board had two NEDs (in addition to the Chairman) in 2019
who served on both the HR Committee and the Risk Committee;
and
•the HR Committee has free and unfettered access to risk
and financial control personnel (the CRO and CFO attend HR
Committee meetings for specific agenda items).
9.1.3 External advisors provided information but not
recommendations
The HR Committee can engage independent external advisors as
needed.
Throughout the year, the HR Committee and management received
information from the following external providers: Aon, Ashurst,
EY, Mercer Consulting (Australia) Pty Ltd, Morrow Sodali and
PricewaterhouseCoopers. This information related to market data,
market practices, legislative requirements and the interpretation of
governance and regulatory requirements.
During the year, ANZ did not receive any remuneration
recommendations from external consultants about the
remuneration of KMP.
ANZ employs in-house remuneration professionals who provide
recommendations to the HR Committee and the Board. The Board
made its decisions independently, using the information provided and
with careful regard to ANZ’s strategic objectives, purpose and values,
risk appetite and the ANZBGL Remuneration Policy and Principles.
9.2 INTERNAL GOVERNANCE
9.2.1 Hedging prohibition
All deferred equity must remain at risk until it has fully vested.
Accordingly, executives and their associated persons must not enter
into any schemes that specifically protect the unvested value of
equity allocated. If they do so, then they forfeit the relevant equity.
9.2.2 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ shareholding guidelines
We expect the CEO and each Disclosed Executive to, over a
five-year period:
•accumulate ANZ shares to the value of 200% of their fixed
remuneration; and
•maintain this shareholding level while they are an executive of ANZ.
For this purpose, shareholdings include all vested and unvested
equity that is not subject to performance hurdles. Based on
equity holdings as at 30 September 2019, the CEO and all
Disclosed Executives:
•who have been with us for at least five years, meet this
requirement; and
•who have been with us for less than five years, are on track to
meet it.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
90
Remuneration Report continued
9.2.3 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ contract terms and equity treatment
The details of the contract terms and also the equity treatment on termination (in accordance with the Conditions of Grant) relating to the
CEO and Disclosed Executives are below. Although they are similar, they vary in some cases to suit different circumstances.
Type of contract
Permanent ongoing employment contract.
Notice on resignation
•12 months by CEO;
•6 months by Disclosed Executives;
•3 months by Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.
Notice on termination
by ANZ
•12 months by ANZ for CEO and Disclosed Executives;
•3 months by ANZ for Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.
However, ANZ may immediately terminate an individual’s employment at any time in the case of serious
misconduct. In that case, the individual will be entitled only to payment of fixed remuneration up to the
date of their termination and their statutory entitlements.
How unvested equity is
treated on leaving ANZ
Executives who resign or are terminated will forfeit all their unvested deferred equity – unless the Board
determines otherwise.
If an executive is terminated due to redundancy or they are classified as a ‘good leaver’, then:
•their deferred shares/share rights are released at the original vesting date; and
•their performance rights
1
are prorated for service to the full notice termination date and released at the
original vesting date (to the extent that the performance hurdles are met).
On an executive’s death or total and permanent disablement, their deferred equity vests.
Unvested equity remains subject to malus post termination.
Change of control
(applies to the CEO only)
If a change of control or other similar event occurs, then we will test the performance conditions applying
to the CEO’s performance rights. They will vest to the extent that the performance conditions are satisfied.
1.
Or deferred share rights granted to the CRO instead of performance rights.
91
SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITSPOST-EMPLOYMENT
LONG-TERM
EMPLOYEE
BENEFITSSHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
7
Total amortisation value of
Variable
remuneration
Other equity
allocations
4
Cash salary
1
$
Non monetary
benefits
2
$
Total cash
incentive
3
$
Other cash
4
$
Super
contributions
5
$
Financial
year
Retirement
benefit accrued
during year
6
$
Long service leave
accrued during
the year
$
Shares
$
Share rights
$
Performance
rights
$
Shares
$
Termination
benefits
8
$
Total
remuneration
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Elliott
2019 2,079,351 19,383 750,000 - 20,649 - 31,819 830,753 - 1,449,384 - - 5,181,339
2018 2,079,831 17,321 875,000- 20,169
-
31,819 1,023,295 -
1,597,860 - - 5,645,295
M Carnegie
9
2019 979,351 32,221 495,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 470,209 - 344,501-- 2,357,583
2018 979,831 29,254 528,000 - 20,669 - 15,152 366,123 - 282,708 353,951 - 2,575,688
K Corbally
10
2019 929,351 16,633 478,500 - 20,649- 29,179 340,108 171,583 35,455 194,492 - 2,215,950
2018 472,582 6,383 164,835 - 10,145 - 24,255 172,709 40,943 33,129 118,316 - 1,043,297
A George
11
2019 979,351 37,721 528,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 392,589 - 260,314 - - 2,234,276
2018 843,584 40,254 354,750 250,000 20,669 - 26,767 308,376 - 194,781 - - 2,039,181
M Hand
12
2019 710,307 10,868 198,000 - 15,693 17,851 80,949 259,006 - 129,198 - - 1,421,872
M Jablko
13
2019979,351 17,083 544,500 - 21,149 - 15,152 539,647 - 400,011 133,552 - 2,650,445
2018 979,831 15,341 577,500 - 20,669 - 15,152 436,228 - 331,802 323,545 - 2,700,068
A Watson
14, 15
2019 214,999 273 170,255 - 4,441 - 3,580 35,358 83,500 11,290 141 - 523,837
M Whelan
2019 1,179,351 13,883 874,500 - 20,649 - 18,182 839,283 - 717,098 - - 3,662,946
2018 1,179,831 11,821 717,750 - 20,169 - 18,182 730,160 - 723,576 - - 3,401,489
Former Disclosed Executives
D Hisco
15, 16
2019 746,754 246,687 - - 96,767 - - - (686,411) (902,582) (871) 2,112,376 1,612,720
2018 1,168,324 477,076 644,397 - 2,389 2,305 3,782 - 589,413 651,112 475 - 3,539,273
F Ohlsson
17
2019 235,044 24,143 - - 4,956 - 3,636 55,668 13,050 67,641 10 - 404,148
2018 979,831 31,668 396,000 - 20,169 - 15,152 283,517 127,777 341,086 284 - 2,195,484
10. OTHER INFORMATION
10.1 2019 STATUTORY REMUNERATION – CEO AND DISCLOSED EXECUTIVES
The following table outlines the statutory remuneration disclosed in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. While it shows the
fixed remuneration awarded (cash and superannuation contributions) and also the cash component of the 2019 variable remuneration award,
it does not show the actual variable remuneration awarded or received in 2019 (see sections 5.1 and 5.2), but instead shows the amortised
accounting value for this financial year of deferred remuneration (including prior year awards).
1.
Cash salary includes any adjustments required to reflect the use of ANZ's Lifestyle Leave Policy
for the period in the KMP role.
2.
Non monetary benefits generally consist of company-funded benefits (and the associated
Fringe Benefits Tax) such as car parking, taxation services and costs met by the Company in
relation to relocation and cessation.
3.
The total cash incentive relates to the cash component only. The relevant amortisation of the
AVR/VR deferred components is included in share-based payments and has been amortised
over the vesting period. The total AVR/VR was approved by the Board on 25 October 2019.
100% of the cash component of the AVR/VR awarded for the 2018 and 2019 years vested to the
executive in the applicable financial year.
4.
Other cash and other equity allocations relate to employment arrangements such as
compensation for bonus opportunity foregone and deferred remuneration forfeited,
retention awards, and shares received in relation to the Employee Share Offer. For further
details, see the individual footnotes for each relevant executive.
5.
For all Australian based executives, the 2018 and 2019 superannuation contributions reflect
the Superannuation Guarantee Contribution based on the Maximum Contribution Base. From
31 August 2018, D Hisco commenced superannuation contributions to KiwiSaver where ANZ
provides an employer contribution matching member contributions up to 4% of total gross
pay (less employer superannuation contribution tax). A Watson also participates in KiwiSaver.
6.
Accrual relates to Retirement Allowance. As a result of being employed with ANZ before
November 1992, M Hand is, and D Hisco was eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on
retirement, retrenchment, death, or resignation for illness, incapacity or domestic reasons. The
Retirement Allowance is calculated as three months of preserved notional salary (which is 65%
of fixed remuneration) plus an additional 3% of notional salary for each year of full-time service
above 10 years less the total accrual value of long service leave (including taken and untaken).
7.
As required by AASB 2 Share-based payments, the amortisation value includes a proportion
of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that had
not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year. The fair value is determined
at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period. The
amount included as remuneration neither relates to, nor indicates, the benefit (if any) that the
executive may ultimately realise if the equity becomes exercisable.
8.
Termination benefits reflect payment for accrued annual leave, long service leave and pay in
lieu of notice in accordance with contract, payable on cessation.
9.
2018 other equity allocations for M Carnegie relate to previously disclosed compensation for
bonus opportunity foregone and deferred remuneration forfeited.
10.
K Corbally commenced in a Disclosed Executive role on 19 March 2018. So his 2018
remuneration reflects a partial service year. K Corbally's fixed remuneration was adjusted on
1 April 2019 based on a review of internal and external market relativities, and in recognition of
the increase in regulatory activity and the broader risk environment. In relation to
K Corbally's role before his appointment to the Group Executive Committee, in August 2016
the Board approved an equity retention award of $600,000 vesting in August 2019. Other
equity allocations relate to this award.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
92
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITSPOST-EMPLOYMENT
LONG-TERM
EMPLOYEE
BENEFITSSHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
7
Total amortisation value of
Variable
remuneration
Other equity
allocations
4
Cash salary
1
$
Non monetary
benefits
2
$
Total cash
incentive
3
$
Other cash
4
$
Super
contributions
5
$
Financial
year
Retirement
benefit accrued
during year
6
$
Long service leave
accrued during
the year
$
Shares
$
Share rights
$
Performance
rights
$
Shares
$
Termination
benefits
8
$
Total
remuneration
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Elliott
2019 2,079,351 19,383 750,000 - 20,649 - 31,819 830,753 - 1,449,384 - - 5,181,339
2018 2,079,831 17,321 875,000- 20,169
-
31,819 1,023,295 -
1,597,860 - - 5,645,295
M Carnegie
9
2019 979,351 32,221 495,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 470,209 - 344,501-- 2,357,583
2018 979,831 29,254 528,000 - 20,669 - 15,152 366,123 - 282,708 353,951 - 2,575,688
K Corbally
10
2019 929,351 16,633 478,500 - 20,649- 29,179 340,108 171,583 35,455 194,492 - 2,215,950
2018 472,582 6,383 164,835 - 10,145 - 24,255 172,709 40,943 33,129 118,316 - 1,043,297
A George
11
2019 979,351 37,721 528,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 392,589 - 260,314 - - 2,234,276
2018 843,584 40,254 354,750 250,000 20,669 - 26,767 308,376 - 194,781 - - 2,039,181
M Hand
12
2019 710,307 10,868 198,000 - 15,693 17,851 80,949 259,006 - 129,198 - - 1,421,872
M Jablko
13
2019979,351 17,083 544,500 - 21,149 - 15,152 539,647 - 400,011 133,552 - 2,650,445
2018 979,831 15,341 577,500 - 20,669 - 15,152 436,228 - 331,802 323,545 - 2,700,068
A Watson
14, 15
2019 214,999 273 170,255 - 4,441 - 3,580 35,358 83,500 11,290 141 - 523,837
M Whelan
2019 1,179,351 13,883 874,500 - 20,649 - 18,182 839,283 - 717,098 - - 3,662,946
2018 1,179,831 11,821 717,750 - 20,169 - 18,182 730,160 - 723,576 - - 3,401,489
Former Disclosed Executives
D Hisco
15, 16
2019 746,754 246,687 - - 96,767 - - - (686,411) (902,582) (871) 2,112,376 1,612,720
2018 1,168,324 477,076 644,397 - 2,389 2,305 3,782 - 589,413 651,112 475 - 3,539,273
F Ohlsson
17
2019 235,044 24,143 - - 4,956 - 3,636 55,668 13,050 67,641 10 - 404,148
2018 979,831 31,668 396,000 - 20,169 - 15,152 283,517 127,777 341,086 284 - 2,195,484
11.
A George's fixed remuneration was adjusted in May 2018 when she commenced in the
expanded role of Deputy CEO and Group Executive, Wealth Australia. As disclosed in 2017, in
relation to A George's role before her appointment to the Group Executive Committee, in July
2016 the Board approved a cash retention award of $500,000 with partial vesting in June 2017
($250,000) and December 2017 ($250,000).
12 .
M Hand commenced in a Disclosed Executive role on 29 December 2018. So his 2019
remuneration reflects a partial service year. M Hand's fixed remuneration was adjusted on
1 March 2019 on appointment to the Group Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial
Banking role.
13.
Other cash and other equity allocations for M Jablko relate to previously disclosed
compensation for bonus opportunity foregone and deferred remuneration forfeited.
14.
A Watson commenced in a Disclosed Executive role on 17 June 2019. So her 2019
remuneration reflects a partial service year. A Watson's fixed remuneration is paid in NZD and
converted to AUD.
15.
In 2016 A Watson, D Hisco and F Ohlsson, and in 2018 and 2019 A Watson and D Hisco, were
eligible to receive shares under the Employee Share Offer. That offer provides a grant of ANZ
shares in each financial year to eligible employees subject to Board approval. See Note 31
Employee Share and Option Plans for further details on the Employee Share Offer.
16.
D Hisco ceased employment 14 June 2019. Remuneration reflects up to his date of cessation
(noting his annual fixed remuneration for 2019 remained unchanged at NZD 1.274 million).
Share-based payments include the expensing treatment on cessation for unvested deferred
remuneration (including reversals for forfeiture on cessation). D Hisco's fixed remuneration was
paid in NZD and converted to AUD. Termination benefits reflect payment for accrued annual
leave, long service leave and pay in lieu of notice in accordance with his contract, payable on
cessation. Following an internal review it was determined that certain expense and allowances
previously provided to D Hisco and categorised as business related would more appropriately
be characterised as non-business related and included as non monetary benefits in the
Remuneration Report. The 2018 comparative balances have been restated to increase non
monetary benefits by $8,360 plus related Fringe Benefit Tax of $4,117. Similar items existed
in the period between 2010-2017 which would have increased the non monetary benefits
disclosed for D Hisco on average each year by approximately $44,580 plus related Fringe
Benefit Tax of $21,956.
17.
F Ohlsson concluded in his role 28 December 2018. Remuneration reflects up to his date
of conclusion in role (noting his annual fixed remuneration for 2019 remained unchanged
at $1 million).
93
10.2 EQUITY HOLDINGS
For the equity granted to the CEO and Disclosed Executives in November/December 2018, all deferred shares were purchased on the market.
For deferred share rights and performance rights, we will determine our approach to satisfying awards closer to the time of vesting.
10.2.1 CEO and Disclosed Executives equity granted, vested, exercised/sold and lapsed/forfeited
The table below sets out details of deferred shares and rights that we granted to the CEO and Disclosed Executives:
•during the 2019 year; or
•in prior years and that then vested, were exercised/sold or which lapsed/were forfeited during the 2019 year.
NameType of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity fair
value at
grant
(for 2019
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
ForfeitedExercised/Sold
Vested
and
exercis-
able
as at
30 Sep
2019
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2019
4
Number%
Value
2
$Number%
Value
2
$Number%
Value
2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Elliott
Deferred shares 22,796 18 Nov 1518 Nov 17 - - - - - - - (22,796) 100 625,278 - -
Deferred shares 6,941 22 Nov 1622 Nov 17 - - - - - - - (6,941) 100 190,387 - -
Deferred shares 6,941 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 6,941 100 178,543 - - - (6,941) 100 190,387 - -
Deferred shares 8,531 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 8,531 100 219,443 - - - (8,531) 100 233,999 - -
Deferred shares 8,623 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,623
Deferred shares 8,622 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,622
Deferred shares 8,622 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,622
Deferred shares 8,622 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,622
Performance rights 53,191 17 Dec 1517 Dec 1817 Dec 20 34,733 65 845,478 (18,458) 35 (449,308) - - - 34,733 -
Performance rights 53,191 17 Dec 1517 Dec 1817 Dec 20 - - - (53,191) 100 (1,294,786) - - - - -
Performance rights 53,191 17 Dec 1517 Dec 1817 Dec 20 - - - (53,191) 100 (1,294,786) - - - - -
Performance rights 82,774 8.33 19 Dec 1819 Dec 2126 Dec 21 - - - - - - - - - - 82,774
Performance rights 27,591 3.77 19 Dec 1819 Dec 2126 Dec 21 - - - - - - - - - - 27,591
M Carnegie
Deferred shares 7,228 20 Aug 1601 Jun 18 - - - - - - - (7,228) 100 198,259 - -
Deferred shares 15,752 20 Aug 1620 Aug 17 - - - - - - - (15,752) 100 432,066 - -
Deferred shares 1,182 22 Nov 1622 Nov 17 - - - - - - - (1,182) 100 32,421 - -
Deferred shares 1,182 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 1,182 100 30,405 - - - (1,182) 100 32,421 - -
Deferred shares 4,785 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 4,785 100 123,085 - - - - - - 4,785 -
Deferred shares 5,205 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,205
Deferred shares 5,202 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,202
Deferred shares 5,202 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,202
Deferred shares 5,202 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,202
Performance rights 32,163 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 32,163
Performance rights 10,721 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 10,721
K Corbally
5
Deferred shares 3,780 18 Nov 1518 Nov 18 - 3,780 100 96,260 - - - (3,780) 100 101,361 - -
Deferred shares 5,517 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 5,517 100 141,914 - - - (5,517) 100 147,939 - -
Deferred shares 21,497 22 Nov 1620 Aug 19 - 21,497 100 573,129 - - - - - - 21,497 -
Deferred shares 4,231 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 4,231 100 108,834 - - - (4,231) 100 113,455 - -
Deferred shares 3,010 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,010
Deferred shares 3,007 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,007
Deferred shares 3,007 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,007
Deferred shares 3,007 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,007
Deferred share rights 14,546 21.62 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2129 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - 14,546
Performance rights 5,005 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 3,268 65 83,221 (1,737) 35 (44,234) (3,268) 65 87,632 - -
Performance rights 5,515 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (5,515) 100 (140,442) - - - - -
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
94
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
NameType of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity fair
value at
grant
(for 2019
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
ForfeitedExercised/Sold
Vested
and
exer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2019
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2019
4
Number%
Value
2
$Number%
Value
2
$Number%
Value
2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
A George
Deferred shares 2,074 18 Nov 1518 Nov 18 - 2,074 100 52,815 - - - - - - 2,074 -
Deferred shares 4,801 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 4,801 100 123,496 - - - - - - 4,801 -
Deferred shares 3,096 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 3,096 100 79,638 - - - - - - 3,096 -
Deferred shares 3,498 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,498
Deferred shares 3,495 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,495
Deferred shares 3,495 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,495
Deferred shares 3,495 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,495
Performance rights 2,746 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 1,793 65 45,660 (953) 35 (24,269) - - - 1,793 -
Performance rights 3,026 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (3,026) 100 (77,059) - - - - -
Performance rights 21,610 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 21,610
Performance rights 7,203 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 7,203
M Hand
5
Performance rights4,66318 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - - - -(4,663)100132,474 - -
M Jablko
Deferred shares 11,444 20 Aug 1627 Feb 19 - 11,444 100 318,564 - - - - - - 11,444 -
Deferred shares 1,182 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 1,182 100 30,405 - - - - - - 1,182 -
Deferred shares 6,305 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 6,305 100 162,184 - - - - - - 6,305 -
Deferred shares 5,693 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,693
Deferred shares 5,690 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,690
Deferred shares 5,690 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,690
Deferred shares 5,690 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,690
Performance rights 35,179 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 35,179
Performance rights 11,726 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 11,726
A Watson
5
M Whelan
Deferred shares 6,724 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 6,724 100 172,961 - - - (6,724) 100 177,848 - -
Deferred shares 9,219 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 9,219 100 237,140 - - - (9,219) 100 243,840 - -
Deferred shares 7,075 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,075
Deferred shares 7,072 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,072
Deferred shares 7,072 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,072
Deferred shares 7,072 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,072
Performance rights 17,730 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 11,577 65 294,814 (6,153) 35 (156,689) (11,577) 65 310,934 - -
Performance rights 17,730 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,730) 100 (451,503) - - - - -
Performance rights 17,730 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,730) 100 (451,503) - - - - -
Performance rights 43,722 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 43,722
Performance rights 14,574 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 14,574
95
NameType of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity fair
value at
grant
(for 2019
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
ForfeitedExercised/Sold
Vested
and
exer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2019
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2019
4
Number%
Value
2
$Number%
Value
2
$Number%
Value
2
$
Former Disclosed Executives
D Hisco
6
Employee Share Offer 26 03 Dec 1503 Dec 18 - 26 100 697 - - - - - - 26 -
Employee Share Offer 24 01 Dec 1701 Dec 20 - - - - (24) 100 (677) - - - - -
Employee Share Offer 29 03 Dec 1803 Dec 21 - - - - (29) 100 (818) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 7,386 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1822 Nov 20 7,386 100 189,990 - - - (7,386) 100 198,057 - -
Deferred share rights 7,867 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (7,867) 100 (221,851) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 8,379 22 Nov 1622 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (8,379) 100 (236,289) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 6,565 22 Nov 1722 Nov 1822 Nov 20 6,565 100 168,871 - - - (6,565) 100 176,042 - -
Deferred share rights 6,942 22 Nov 1722 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (6,942) 100 (195,766) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 7,344 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (7,344) 100 (207,102) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 7,764 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (7,764) 100 (218,946) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 6,632 24.29 22 Nov 1822 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (6,632) 100 (187,024) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 7,031 22.91 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (7,031) 100 (198,276) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 7,451 21.62 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (7,451) 100 (210,120) - - - - -
Deferred share rights 7,900 20.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2222 Nov 24 - - - (7,900) 100 (222,782) - - - - -
Performance rights 17,711 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 11,565 65 294,509 (6,146) 35 (156,511)(11,565) 65 310,118 - -
Performance rights 17,711 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,711) 100 (451,019) - - - - -
Performance rights 17,711 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,711) 100 (451,019) - - - - -
Performance rights 40,198 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (40,198) 100 (1,133,592) - - - - -
Performance rights 13,399 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (13,399) 100 (377,854) - - - - -
Performance rights 38,290 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (38,290) 100 (1,079,786) - - - - -
Performance rights 12,763 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (12,763) 100 (359,919) - - - - -
Performance rights 39,254 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (39,254) 100 (1,106,971) - - - - -
Performance rights 13,084 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (13,084) 100 (368,971) - - - - -
F Ohlsson
7
Deferred shares 4,562 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 4,562 100 117,348 - - - (4,562) 100 106,436 - -
Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902
Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902
Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902
Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902
Employee Share Offer 25 04 Dec 1304 Dec 16 - - - - - - - (25) 100 583 - -
Employee Share Offer 23 04 Dec 1404 Dec 17 - - - - - - - (23) 100 537 - -
Employee Share Offer 26 03 Dec 1503 Dec 18 - 26 100 697 - - - (26) 100 607 - -
Deferred share rights 4,627 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 4,627 100 117,829 - - - (4,627) 100 124,272 - -
Deferred share rights 4,314 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1829 Nov 18 4,314 100 110,969 - - - (4,314) 100 110,969 - -
Performance rights 5,190 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 3,389 65 86,303 (1,801) 35 (45,863) (3,389) 65 91,021 - -
Performance rights 5,720 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (5,720) 100 (145,663) - - - - -
Performance rights 24,122 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 24,122
Performance rights 8,040 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 8,040
1.
For the purpose of the five highest paid executive disclosures, Executives are defined
as Disclosed Executives or other members of the Group Executive Committee. For the
2019 financial year the five highest paid executives include four Disclosed Executives and
the Group Executive, International (F Faruqui). Rights granted to Disclosed Executives as
remuneration in 2019 are included in the table. Rights granted to F Faruqui as remuneration
in 2019 include four tranches of deferred share rights and two tranches of performance
rights granted on 22 Nov 2018. (7,132 (tranche 1) deferred share rights first exercisable
22 Nov 2019, expiring 29 Nov 2019; 7,562 (tranche 2) deferred share rights first exercisable
22 Nov 2020, expiring 29 Nov 2020; 8,013 (tranche 3) deferred share rights first exercisable
22 Nov 2021, expiring 29 Nov 2021; 8,496 (tranche 4) deferred share rights first exercisable
22 Nov 2022, expiring 29 Nov 2022; 42,215 (tranche 1) and 14,071 (tranche 2) performance
rights first exercisable 22 Nov 2021 subject to meeting performance hurdles, expiring
22 Nov 2023). No rights have been granted to the CEO, Disclosed Executives or the five highest
paid executives since the end of 2019 up to the Directors' Report sign-off date.
2.
The point in time value of shares/share rights and/or performance rights is based on the
one day VWAP of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the date of vesting, lapsing/
forfeiture or exercising/sale/transfer out of trust, multiplied by the number of shares/share
rights and/or performance rights. The exercise price for all share rights/performance rights
is $0.00. No terms of share-based payment transactions have been altered or modified
during the reporting period.
3.
The number vested and exercisable is the number of shares, options and rights that
remain vested at the end of the reporting period. No shares, options and rights were
vested and unexercisable.
4.
Performance rights granted in prior years (by grant date) that remained unexerciseable at
30 Sep 2019 or date ceased in a Disclosed Executive role include:
Nov-16Nov-17Nov-18
S Elliott150,482143,294110,365
M Carnegie9,74539,44042,884
K Corbally5,4454,230-
A George4,73825,52028,813
M Hand7,9206,27726,802
M Jablko9,74551,96846,905
A Watson3,6493,9344,802
M Whelan55,42875,98058,296
D Hisco---
F Ohlsson31,30637,58432,162
5.
Equity disclosed from commencement in Disclosed Executive role. There are no disclosable
transactions since commencement for A Watson.
6.
Equity transactions disclosed up to date of cessation of employment.
7.
Equity transactions disclosed up to date ceased in a Disclosed Executive role.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
96
Remuneration Report continued
10.2.2 NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives equity holdings
The table below sets out details of equity held directly, indirectly or beneficially by each NED, the CEO and each Disclosed Executive,
including their related parties.
NameType of equity
Opening
balance at
1 Oct 2018
Granted during
the year as
remuneration
1
Received during
the year on
exercise of
options or rights
Resulting from
any other
changes during
the year
2
Closing
balance at
30 Sep 2019
3, 4
Current Non-Executive Directors
D Gonski
Ordinary shares 31,488 - - - 31,488
I Atlas
Ordinary shares 14,360 - - - 14,360
P Dwyer
Ordinary shares 17,500 - - - 17,500
J Halton
Ordinary shares 9,049 - - - 9,049
J Key
Ordinary shares 3,000 - - - 3,000
G Liebelt
Ordinary shares 20,315 - - - 20,315
Capital notes 1 1,500 - - - 1,500
Capital notes 2 2,500 - - - 2,500
J Macfarlane
Ordinary shares 17,851 - - - 17,851
Capital notes 2 2,000 - - - 2,000
Capital notes 3 5,000 - - - 5,000
Former Non-Executive Directors
H Lee
6
Directors' Share Plan 2,662 - -
- 2,662
Ordinary shares 8,000 - - 82 8,082
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Elliott
Deferred shares 92,089 34,489 - (52,620) 73,958
Ordinary shares 131,679 - - 57,579 189,258
Performance rights 453,349 110,365 - (124,840) 438,874
M Carnegie
Deferred shares 62,921 20,811 - (29,000) 54,732
Ordinary shares 14 - - 3,057 3,071
Performance rights 49,185 42,884 - - 92,069
K Corbally
Deferred shares 45,639 12,031 - (15,039) 42,631
Ordinary shares - - 3,268 (1,918) 1,350
Deferred share rights - 14,546 - - 14,546
Performance rights 20,195 - (3,268) (7,252) 9,675
A George
Deferred shares 44,979 13,983 - - 58,962
Ordinary shares 2,678 - - 2,936 5,614
Capital notes 1 802 - - - 802
Performance rights 36,030 28,813 - (3,979) 60,864
M Hand
5
Deferred shares 26,434 - - - 26,434
Ordinary shares 1,081 - 4,663 (4,984) 760
Performance rights 45,662 - (4,663) - 40,999
M Jablko
Deferred shares 61,731 22,763 - - 84,494
Ordinary shares - - - 2,925 2,925
Performance rights 61,713 46,905 - - 108,618
A Watson
5
Employee Share Offer 102 - - - 102
Deferred share rights 22,129 - - - 22,129
Performance rights 12,385 - - - 12,385
M Whelan
Deferred shares 59,980 28,291 - (18,878) 69,393
Ordinary shares - - 11,577 (11,577) -
Performance rights 184,598 58,296 (11,577) (41,613) 189,704
Former Disclosed Executives
D Hisco
6
Employee Share Offer 98 29 - (53) 74
Ordinary shares 138,000 - 25,516 (138,516) 25,000
Deferred share rights 52,247 29,014 (13,951) (67,310) -
Performance rights 157,783 52,338 (11,565) (198,556) -
F Ohlsson
6
Deferred shares 18,765 15,608 - (5,088) 29,285
Employee Share Offer 74 - - (74) -
Ordinary shares 4,050 - 12,330 (16,380) -
Deferred share rights 18,430 - (8,941) - 9,489
Performance rights 79,800 32,162 (3,389) (7,521) 101,052
1.
Details of options/rights granted as remuneration during 2019 are provided in the previous table.
2.
Shares resulting from any other changes during the year include the net result of any shares
purchased (including under the ANZ Share Purchase Plan), forfeited, sold or acquired under the
Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
3.
The following shares (included in the holdings above) were held on behalf of the NEDs, CEO and
Disclosed Executives (i.e. indirect beneficially held shares) as at 30 September 2019: D Gonski -
31,488, I Atlas - 14,360, P Dwyer - 17,500, J Halton - 0, J Key - 3,000, G Liebelt - 8,158, J Macfarlane
- 24,851, H Lee - 2,662, S Elliott - 261,087, M Carnegie - 54,732, K Corbally - 42,631, A George - 62,442,
M Hand - 26,434, M Jablko - 84,494, A Watson - 102, M Whelan - 69,393, D Hisco - 25,000 and
F Ohlsson - 29,285.
4.
36,526 rights were vested and exercisable, and zero options/rights were vested and
unexerciseable as at 30 September 2019. There was no change in the balance as at the Directors'
Report sign-off date.
5.
Commencing balance is based on holdings as at the date of commencement in a KMP role.
6.
Concluding balance is based on holdings as at the date ceased in a KMP role.
97
10.3 LOANS
10.3.1 Overview
When we lend to NEDs, the CEO or Disclosed Executives, we do so in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms and
conditions that are no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers – this includes the term of the loan, the security
required and the interest rate. No amounts have been written off during the period, or individual provisions raised in respect of these balances.
The table below sets out details of loans outstanding to NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives including their related parties, if – at any time
during the year – the individual’s aggregate loan balance exceeded $100,000.
Total loans to NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives, including their related parties at 30 September 2019 (including those with balances less
than $100,000) was $26,862,152 (2018: $25,000,240) with interest paid of $738,710 (2018: $931,926) during the period.
10.3.2 NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives loan transactions
Name
Opening balance at
1 October 2018
$
Closing balance at
30 September 2019
$
Interest paid and payable
in the reporting period
1
$
Highest balance in the
reporting period
$
Current Non-Executive Directors
J Macfarlane
2
11,142,75813,330,653453,64715,746,151
Current CEO and Disclosed Executives
S Elliott
2
3,011,5352,926,267106,4503,036,159
A George
3
1,731,3941,594,16664,2451,747,316
M Hand
4
4,483,1474,437,17966,3115,503,012
M Whelan
2
1,721,4651,657,26440,4521,762,791
Former Disclosed Executives
F Ohlsson
2, 5
2,887,6072,874,6887,3572,909,358
Total
24,977,906 26,820,217 738,462 30,704,787
1.
Actual interest paid after considering offset accounts. The loan balance is shown gross, however the interest paid takes into account the impact of offset amounts.
2.
Opening balances have been restated to include credit card balances.
3.
Opening balance has been restated to exclude an available for redraw component previously included within loans.
4.
Opening balance is as at the date of commencement in a KMP role.
5.
Closing balance is as at the date ceased in a KMP role.
10.4 OTHER TRANSACTIONS
Other transactions with NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives, and their related parties included deposits.
Opening balance at
1 October 2018
1
$
Closing balance at
30 September 2019
2, 3
$
Total KMP deposits
55,943,06660,237,940
1.
Opening balance is at 1 October 2018 or the date of commencement as KMP if part way through the year.
2.
Closing balance is at 30 September 2019 or at the date of cessation as KMP if part way through the year.
3.
Interest paid on deposits for 2019 was $705,949.
Other transactions with KMP and their related parties included amounts paid to the Group in respect of insurance premiums, investment
management service fees, brokerage, bank fees and charges. The Group has reimbursed KMP for the costs incurred for secretarial services
associated with the performance of their duties. These transactions are conducted on normal commercial terms and conditions are no more
favourable than those given to other employees or customers.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
98
2019 0Remun r20anRm continued
Directors’ Report
The Directors’ Report for the financial year ended 30 September
2019 has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of
the Corporations Act 2001. The information below forms part of this
Directors’ Report:
•Principal activities on page 8
•Operating and financial review on pages 52 to 64
•Dividends on page 63
•Information on the Directors, Company Secretaries and Directors’
meetings on pages 32 to 42
•Remuneration report on pages 66 to 98
Significant changes in state of affairs
There has been no significant changes in the Group’s state of affairs.
Events since the end of the financial year
On 17 October the Group announced it had agreed a revised
price for the sale of its OnePath P&I business and ADGs to IOOF of
$850 million, being a $125 million reduction from the original sale
price of $975 million announced in October 2017. The new price
of $850 million includes approximately $25 million that ANZ has
already received for the sale of ADGs in October 2018. The revised
terms reflect changing market conditions and include lower overall
warranty caps as well as some changes to the strategic alliance
arrangements. Subject to APRA approval, the Group expects the
transaction to complete in the first quarter of calendar year 2020.
The impact of the reduction in price has been reflected in the 2019
financial results.
Other than the matter above, there have been no significant events
from 30 September 2019 to the date of signing this report.
Political donations
Our policy is that we will make an annual donation to the two major
federal parties to support the democratic process in Australia. In
the 2019 calendar year, we donated $100,000 to the Liberal Party of
Australia and $100,000 to the Australian Labor Party.
Environmental regulation
ANZ recognises the expectations of its stakeholders – customers,
shareholders, staff and the community – to operate in a way that
mitigates its environmental impact.
In Australia, ANZ meets the requirements of the National Greenhouse
and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (Cth), which imposes reporting
obligations where energy production, usage or greenhouse gas
emissions trigger specified thresholds.
ANZ holds a licence under the Water Act 1989 ( Vic), allowing it
to extract water from the Yarra River for thermal regulation of its
Melbourne head office building. The licence specifies daily and
annual limits for the extraction of water from the Yarra River with
which ANZ fully complies. The extraction of river water reduces
reliance on the high quality potable water supply and is one of
several environmental initiatives that ANZ has introduced at its
Melbourne head office building.
The Group does not believe that its operations are subject to any
particular and significant environmental regulation under a law of the
Commonwealth of Australia or of an Australian State or Territory. It may
become subject to environmental regulation as a result of its lending
activities in the ordinary course of business and has developed policies
to identify and manage such environmental matters.
Having made due enquiry, and to the best of ANZ’s knowledge, no
entity of the Group has incurred any material environmental liability
during the year.
Further details of ANZ’s environmental performance, including
progress against its targets and details of its emissions profile, are
available on anz.com>About us>Corporate Sustainability.
Corporate Governance Statement
ANZ is committed to maintaining a high standard in its
governance framework. ANZ confirms it has followed the ASX
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and
Recommendations (3rd edition) during the 2019 financial year.
ANZ’s Corporate Governance Statement, together with the ASX
Appendix 4G which relates to the Corporate Governance Statement,
can be viewed at anz.com/corporategovernance and has been
lodged with the ASX.
Pillar 3 information
ANZ provides information required by APS 330: Public Disclosure in
the Regulatory Disclosures section at www.anz.com/shareholder/
centre/reporting/regulatory-disclosure/
Non-audit services
The Group’s Stakeholder Engagement Model for Relationship with
the External Auditor (the Policy), which incorporates requirements of
the Corporations Act 2001 and industry best practice, prevents the
external auditor from providing services that are perceived to be in
conflict with the role of the external auditor or breach independence
requirements. This includes consulting advice and sub-contracting
of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and
engagements where the external auditor may ultimately be required
to express an opinion on its own work.
Specifically the Policy:
•limits the scope of non-audit services that may be provided;
•requires that audit, audit-related and permitted non-audit services
be considered in light of independence requirements and for
any potential conflicts of interest before they are approved by
the Audit Committee, or approved by the Chair of the Audit
Committee (or delegate) and notified to the Audit Committee; and
•requires pre-approval before the external auditor can commence
any engagement for the Group.
Further details about the Policy can be found in the Corporate
Governance Statement.
The external auditor has confirmed to the Audit Committee that it has:
•implemented procedures to ensure it complies with
independence rules in applicable jurisdictions; and
•complied with applicable policies and regulations in those
jurisdictions regarding the provision of non-audit services, and
the Policy.
The Audit Committee has reviewed the non-audit services provided
by the external auditor during the 2019 financial year, and has
confirmed that the provision of these services is consistent with
the Policy, compatible with the general standard of independence
for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 and did not
compromise the auditor independence requirements of the
Corporations Act 2001. This has been formally advised by the Audit
Committee to the Board of Directors.
99
The categories of non-audit services supplied to the Group during
the year ended 30 September 2019 by the external auditor, KPMG, or
by another person or firm on KPMG’s behalf, and the amounts paid
or payable (including GST ) by the Group are as follows:
Amount paid/payable
$’000
Non-audit services
20192018
General market or regulatory insights–187
Training related services10617
Controls related assessments–94
Methodology and procedural reviews1010
Total116308
Further details on the compensation paid to KPMG is provided
in Note 34 Compensation of Auditors to the financial statements
including details of audit-related services provided during the year
of $5.71 million (2018: $6.28 million).
For the reasons set out above, the Directors are satisfied that the
provision of non-audit services by the external auditor during the
year ended 30 September 2019 is compatible with the general
standard of independence for external auditors imposed by
the Corporations Act 2001 and did not compromise the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.
Directors’ and officers’ indemnity
The Company’s Constitution (Rule 11.1) permits the Company to:
•indemnify any officer or employee of the Company, or its auditor,
against liabilities (so far as may be permitted under applicable
law) incurred as such by an officer, employee or auditor, including
liabilities incurred as a result of appointment or nomination by
the Company as a trustee or as an officer or employee of another
corporation; and
•make payments in respect of legal costs incurred by an officer,
employee or auditor in defending an action for a liability incurred
as such by an officer, employee or auditor, or in resisting or
responding to actions taken by a government agency, a duly
constituted Royal Commission or other official inquiry, a liquidator,
administrator, trustee in bankruptcy or other authorised official.
It is the Company’s policy that its employees should be protected
from any liability they incur as a result of acting in the course of their
employment, subject to appropriate conditions.
Under the policy, the Company will indemnify employees and
former employees against any liability they incur to any third party
as a result of acting in the course of their employment with the
Company or a subsidiary of the Company and this extends to
liability incurred as a result of their appointment/nomination by or
at the request of the Group as an officer or employee of another
corporation or body or as trustee.
The indemnity is subject to applicable law and certain exceptions.
In accordance with the employee indemnity policy, the Company
has during or since the year ended 30 September 2019 paid legal
expenses totalling $874,534 incurred by Mr Richard Moscati in
relation to legal proceedings brought against him and the Company
by a third party.
The Company has entered into Indemnity Deeds with each of
its Directors, with certain secretaries and former Directors of the
Company, and with certain employees and other individuals who
act as directors or officers of related bodies corporate or of another
company, to indemnify them against liabilities and legal costs of the
kind mentioned in the Company’s Constitution.
During the financial year, the Company has paid premiums for
insurance for the benefit of the Directors and employees of
the Company and related bodies corporate of the Company. In
accordance with common commercial practice, the insurance
prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability insured against and
the amount of the premium.
Key management personnel and employee share
and option plans
The Remuneration Report contains details of Non-Executive
Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Disclosed Executives’ equity
holdings and options/rights issued during the 2019 financial year
and as at the date of this report.
Note 31 Employee Share and Option Plans to the 2019 Financial
Report contains details of the 2019 financial year and as at the date
of this report:
•Options/rights issued over shares granted to employees;
•Shares issued as a result of the exercise of options/rights granted
to employees; and
•Other details about share options/rights issued, including any
rights to participate in any share issues of the Company.
The names of all persons who currently hold options/rights are entered
in the register kept by the Company pursuant to section 170 of the
Corporations Act 2001. This register may be inspected free of charge.
Rounding of amounts
The Company is a company of the kind referred to in Australian
Securities and Investments Commission Corporations (Rounding in
Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016
and, in accordance with that Instrument, amounts in the consolidated
financial statements and this Directors’ Report have been rounded to
the nearest million dollars unless specifically stated otherwise.
This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board of
Directors and is signed for and on behalf of the Directors.
David M Gonski, AC Shayne C Elliott
Chairman Director
30 October 2019
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration
The Lead Auditors Independence Declaration given under Section
307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out below and forms part of
the Directors Report for the year ended 30 September 2019.
To: the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to
the audit of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for
the financial year ended 30 September 2019, there have been:
•no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as
set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and
•no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct
in relation to the audit.
KPMG Alison Kitchen
Partner
30 October 2019
Directors’ Report (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
100
101
FINANCIAL
REPORT
Consolidated Financial Statements
Income Statement
102
Statement of Comprehensive Income
103
Balance Sheet
104
Cash Flow Statement
105
Statement of Changes in Equity
106
Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements
Basis of preparation Non-Financial Assets
1.About Our Financial Statements
107
20. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
173
Financial Performance Non-Financial Liabilities
2.Operating Income
111
21. Other Provisions
175
3.Operating Expenses
114
4.Income Tax
116
Equity
5.Dividends
118
22. Shareholders’ Equity
177
6.Earnings per Ordinary Share
120
23. Capital Management
179
7.Segment Reporting
121
Consolidation and Presentation
Financial Assets
24.Parent Entity Financial Information
181
8.Cash and Cash Equivalents
125
25. Controlled Entities
182
9.Trading Securities
126
26. Investments in Associates
184
10.Derivative Financial Instruments
127
27. Structured Entities
186
11.Investment Securities
134
28. Transfers of Financial Assets
189
12.Net Loans and Advances
13.Allowance for Expected Credit Losses
136
137
29.Discontinued Operations and Assets and
Liabilities Held For Sale
190
Financial Liabilities
14.Deposits and Other Borrowings
15.Debt Issuances
145
146
Employee and Related Party Transactions
30.Superannuation and Post Employment
Benefits Obligations
194
31.Employee Share and Option Plans
195
Financial Instrument Disclosures
32.Related Party Disclosures
200
16.Financial Risk Management
151
17.Fair Value of Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities
18.Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities
and Collateral Accepted as Security
for Assets
19.Offsetting
166
171
172
Other Disclosures
33.Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Assets
34.Compensation of Auditors
35.Impact of Adoption of New Standards and
Other Changes
36.Events Since the End of the Financial Year
202
205
206
209
Directors’ Declaration
210
Independent Auditor’s Report
211
Financial
Report
Contents
Consolidated Financial Statements
INCOME STATEMENT 102
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 103
BALANCE SHEET 104
CASH FLOW STATEMENT 105
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 106
Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements
Basis of Preparation
1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 107
Financial Performance
2. OPERATING INCOME 111
3. OPERATING EXPENSES 114
4. INCOME TAX 116
5. DIVIDENDS 118
6. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE 120
7. SEGMENT REPORTING 121
Financial Assets
8. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 125
9. TRADING SECURITIES 126
10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 127
11. INVESTMENT SECURITIES 134
12. NET LOANS AND ADVANCES 136
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES 137
Financial Liabilities
14. DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS 145
15. DEBT ISSUANCES 146
Financial Instrument Disclosures
16. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 151
17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 166
18. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR
LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL ACCEPTED
AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS 171
19. OFFSETTING 172
Non-Financial Assets
20. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 173
Non-Financial Liabilities
21. OTHER PROVISIONS 175
Equity
22. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 177
23. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 179
Consolidation and Presentation
24. PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 181
25. CONTROLLED ENTITIES 182
26. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES 184
27. STRUCTURED ENTITIES 186
28. TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS 189
29. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS
AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE 190
Employee and Related Party Transactions
30. SUPERANNUATION AND POST EMPLOYMENT
BENEFITS OBLIGATIONS 194
31. EMPLOYEE SHARE AND OPTION PLANS 195
32. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES 200
Other Disclosures
33. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND
CONTINGENT ASSETS 202
34. COMPENSATION OF AUDITORS 205
35. IMPACT OF ADOPTION OF NEW STANDARDS
AND OTHER CHANGES 206
36. EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 209
Directors’ Declaration 210
Independent Auditor’s Report 211
101
102
FINANCIAL REPORT
INCOME STATEMENT
20192018
1
For the year ended 30 September Note $m$m
Interest income
2
31,077
30,327
Interest expense
(16,738)
(15,813)
Net interest income 2
14,339
14,514
Other operating income 2
4,058
5,014
Net income from insurance business 2
126
273
Share of associates’ profit 2
262
183
Operating income
18,785
19,984
Operating expenses 3
(9,071)
(9,401)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,714
10,583
Credit impairment charge 13
(794)
(688)
Profit before income tax 8,920
9,895
Income tax expense 4
(2,609)
(2,784)
Profit after tax from continuing operations
6,311
7,111
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 29
(343)
(695)
Profit for the year 5,968
6,416
Comprising:
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company
5,953
6,400
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
15
16
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued operations
Basic 6 210.0 221.6
Diluted 6
201.9 212.1
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations
Basic 6 222.1 245.6
Diluted 6
213.0 234.2
Dividend per ordinary share (cents) 5
160 160
1.
On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Comparative information has been restated
accordingly which increased total operating income and total operating expenses by $153 million.
2.
Includes interest income calculated using the effective interest method of $30,224 million on financial assets measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income (2018: $29,181
million on financial assets measured at amortised cost and available-for-sale assets).
The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
102
Financial Report (continued)
103
FINANCIAL REPORT
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
20192018
For the year ended 30 September $m$m
Profit for the year from continuing operations
6,311
7,111
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI
1
45
-
Other reserve movements
67
32
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve
2
697
222
Other reserve movements
909
137
Income tax attributable to the above items (288)
(118)
Share of associates’ other comprehensive income
3
26
25
Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations
1,456
298
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(343)
(695)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(97)
18
Total comprehensive income for the year 7,327
6,732
Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:
Shareholders of the Company
7,307
6,706
Non-controlling interests
20
26
1.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. The available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9
and a new classification of investment securities was introduced. Refer to Note 1 and 35 for further details. Comparative information has not been restated.
2.
Includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of a $5 million gain (2018: $10 million gain).
3.
Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes a FVOCI reserve gain of $20 million (available-for-sale revaluation reserve 2018: $28 million gain), defined benefits gain of $7 million (2018: nil),
cash flow hedge reserve loss of $2 million (2018: nil) and a foreign currency translation reserve gain of $1 million (2018: $3 million loss) that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss.
The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.
103
104
FINANCIAL REPORT (continued)
BALANCE SHEET
20192018
As at 30 September Note $m$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 8
81,621
84,636
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
3,739
2,319
Collateral paid
15,006
11,043
Trading securities 9
43,169
37,722
Derivative financial instruments 10
120,667
68,423
Investment securities
1,2
11
83,709
-
Available-for-sale assets
1
11
-
74,284
Net loans and advances
2,3
12
615,258
604,464
Regulatory deposits
879
882
Assets held for sale 29
1,831
45,248
Investments in associates 26
2,957
2,553
Current tax assets
265
268
Deferred tax assets
1,356
900
Goodwill and other intangible assets 20
4,861
4,930
Premises and equipment
1,924
1,833
Other assets
3
3,895
3,677
Total assets 981,137
943,182
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ
10,867
11,810
Collateral received
7,929
6,542
Deposits and other borrowings 14
637,677
618,150
Derivative financial instruments 10
120,951
69,676
Current tax liabilities
260
300
Deferred tax liabilities
3
67
69
Liabilities held for sale 29
2,121
47,159
Payables and other liabilities
3
7,968
6,894
Employee entitlements
589
540
Other provisions
2,3
21
2,223
1,458
Debt issuances 15
129,691
121,179
Total liabilities 920,343
883,777
Net assets 60,794
59,405
Shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital 22
26,490
27,205
Reserves 22
1,629
323
Retained earnings
3
22
32,664
31,737
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company
22
60,783
59,265
Non-controlling interests 22
11
140
Total shareholders' equity
22
60,794
59,405
1.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. Available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9 and
a new classification of investment securities was introduced. Refer Note 1 and 35 for further details. Comparative information has not been restated.
2.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the Group increased the collectively assessed provisions by $813 million ($647 million in Net loans and advances, $11 million in Investment securities, and $155
million in Provisions). Comparative information has not been restated. Refer to Note 1 and 35 for further details.
3.
Comparative information has been restated for the adoption of AASB 15 and other reclassification adjustments to enhance comparability with current period presentation. Refer Note 1 and 35 for further
details
The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
104
Financial Report (continued)
105
FINANCIAL REPORT
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
The Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes discontinued operations. Please refer to Note 29 for cash flows associated with discontinued
operations and cash and cash equivalents reclassified as held for sale.
20192018
For the year ended 30 September
1
$m $m
Profit after income tax
5,968
6,416
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
Allowance for expected credit losses
794
688
Depreciation and amortisation
871
1,199
(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment
(5)
(4)
Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment
4,940
6,721
(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments
(137)
(594)
Reclassification of businesses to held for sale
-
693
Other non-cash movements
(356)
(55)
Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:
Collateral paid
(3,493)
(1,648)
Trading securities
(7,941)
8,565
Net loans and advances
(10,268)
(25,265)
Investments backing policy liabilities
(3,542)
(3,914)
Other assets
(454)
(973)
Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:
Deposits and other borrowings
7,006
12,207
Settlement balances owed by ANZ
(1,077)
1,853
Collateral received
1,004
186
Life insurance contract policy liabilities
-
4,263
Other liabilities
2,140
228
Total adjustments
(10,518)
4,150
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
2
(4,550)
10,566
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment securities/available-for-sale assets
3
Purchases
(23,847)
(23,806)
Proceeds from sale or maturity
21,228
20,592
Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed
2,121
2,148
Proceeds from Zurich reinsurance arrangement
-
1,000
Proceeds from IOOF secured notes
800
-
Other assets
(508)
232
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
(206)
166
Cash flows from financing activities
Debt issuances:
4
Issue proceeds
25,900
25,075
Redemptions
(22,958)
(15,898)
Dividends paid
5
(4,471)
(4,563)
On market purchase of treasury shares
(112)
(114)
Share buyback
(1,120)
(1,880)
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
(2,761)
2,620
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(7,517)
13,352
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
84,964
68,048
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
4,174
3,564
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
6
81,621
84,964
1.
As a result of restatements impacting prior period balance sheet items, certain items in the Cash Flow Statement have restated accordingly. Refer Note 35 for further information.
2.
Net cash inflows/(outflows) from operating activities includes income taxes paid of $3,129 million (2018: $3,373 million).
3.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. Available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9 and a
new classification of investment securities was introduced. Refer Note 1 and 35 for further details.
4.
Non-cash changes in debt issuances includes fair value hedging loss of $2,437 million (2018: $1,443 million gain) and foreign exchange losses of $3,815 million (2018: $5,712 million loss).
5.
Cash outflow for shares purchased to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan are classified in Dividends paid
6.
Includes cash and cash equivalents recognised on the face of balance sheet of $81,621 million (2018: $84,636 million) with no amounts recorded as part of assets held for sale. (2018: $328 million).
The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.
105
106
FINANCIAL REPORT (continued)
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Ordinary
share capital Reserves
Retained
earnings
Share capital
and reserves
attributable to
shareholders
of the Company
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
shareholders’
equity
$m$m$m$m$m$m
As at 1 October 2017
29,08837 29,83458,959116 59,075
Impact on transition to AASB 15 - - 22 22 - 22
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 7,095 7,095 16 7,111
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (695) (695) - (695)
Other comprehensive income for the year from
continuing operations
-2642428810298
Other comprehensive income for the year from
discontinued operations
-18-18-18
Total comprehensive income for the year
-282 6,4246,706266,732
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity
as equity holders:
1
Dividends paid - - (4,585) (4,585) (2) (4,587)
Dividend income on treasury shares held within
the Group’s life insurance statutory funds
- - 2424-24
Group share buy-back
2
(1,880)-- (1,880)-(1,880)
Other equity movements:
1
- - -- --
Treasury shares Wealth Australia
discontinued operations adjustment
(2)-- (2)-(2)
Group employee share acquisition scheme (1) - - (1) - (1)
Other items - 4 18 22 - 22
As at 30 September 2018
27,205323 31,73759,265140 59,405
Impact on transition to AASB 9 - 14 (624) (610) - (610)
Profit or loss from continuing operations
- - 6,296 6,296 15 6,311
Profit or loss from discontinued operations
- - (343) (343) - (343)
Other comprehensive income for the year from
continuing operations
- 1,393 58 1,451 5 1,456
Other comprehensive income for the year from
discontinued operations
- (97) - (97) - (97)
Total comprehensive income for the year
- 1,296 6,011 7,307 20 7,327
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity
as equity holders:
1
Dividends paid
3
- - (4,481) (4,481) (2) (4,483)
Dividend income on treasury shares held within the
Group’s life insurance statutory funds
- - 12 12 - 12
Group share buy-back
2
(1,120) - - (1,120) - (1,120)
Other equity movements:
1
- - - - - -
Treasury shares Wealth Australia
discontinued operations adjustment
4
405 - - 405 - 405
Group employee share acquisition scheme
- - - - - -
Other items
- (4) 9 5 (147) (142)
As at 30 September 2019
26,490 1,629 32,664 60,783 11 60,794
1
Current and prior periods include discontinued operations.
2
The Company has completed a $3.0 billion on-market share buy-back of ANZ ordinary shares purchasing $1,120 million worth of shares in 2019 (2018: $1,880 million) resulting in 42.0 million shares being
cancelled in 2019 (2018: 66.7 million).
3
No new shares were issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2019 Interim dividend (nil shares for the 2018 final dividend; nil shares for the 2018 Interim dividend) as the shares were
purchased on-market and provided directly to the shareholders participating in the DRP. On-market share purchases for the DRP in 2019 were $432 million (2018: $392 million).
4
The successor funds transfer performed in preparation for the sale of the Group’s wealth business to Zurich and IOOF completed on 13 April 2019. As a result, the Group no longer eliminates the ANZ shares
previously held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations (treasury shares).
The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
106
Financial Report (continued)
107
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
These are the financial statements for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities (together, ‘the
Group’ or ‘ANZ’) for the year ended 30 September 2019. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in Australia. The address of the Company’s
registered office and its principal place of business is ANZ Centre, 833 Collins Street, Docklands, Victoria, Australia 3008.
On 30 October 2019, the Directors resolved to authorise the issue of these financial statements.
Information in the financial statements is included only to the extent we consider it material and relevant to the understanding of the financial
statements. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:
the amount is significant in size (quantitative factor);
the information is significant by nature (qualitative factor);
the user cannot understand the Group’s results without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor);
the information is critical to a user’s understanding of the impact of significant changes in the Group’s business during the period - for example,
business acquisitions or disposals (qualitative factor);
the information relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance (qualitative factor); and
the information is required under legislative requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, the Banking Act 1959 (Cth) or by the Group’s principal
regulators, including the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).
This section of the financial statements:
outlines the basis upon which the Group’s financial statements have been prepared; and
discusses any new accounting standards or regulations that directly impact the financial statements.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
This financial report is a general purpose (Tier 1) financial report prepared by a ‘for profit’ entity, in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards
(AASs) and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB), the Corporations Act 2001, and International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
We present the financial statements of the Group in Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. We have
rounded values to the nearest million dollars ($m), unless otherwise stated, as allowed under the ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors
Report) Instrument 2016/191. We measure the financial statements of each entity in the Group using the currency of the primary economic
environment in which that entity operates (the functional currency).
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
We have prepared the financial information in accordance with the historical cost basis - except the following assets and liabilities which we have
stated at their fair value:
derivative financial instruments and in the case of fair value hedging, a fair value adjustment is made on the underlying hedged exposure;
financial instruments held for trading;
financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss;
available-for-sale financial assets (prior to 1 October 2018);
financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018); and
certain other assets and liabilities held for sale where the fair value less costs of disposal is less than their carrying value (excludes assets and
liabilities held for sale which are exempt from this requirement).
In accordance with AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts (AASB 1038) we have measured life insurance liabilities using the Margin on Services (MoS)
model. In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits (AASB 119) we have measured defined benefit obligations using the Projected Unit
Credit Method.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The aligned dealer groups business sold to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF) completed on 1 October 2018; the life insurance business sold to Zurich
Financial Services Australia Limited completed on 31 May 2019; and the Wealth Australia pensions and investments business sold to IOOF and
associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. These
businesses qualify as discontinued operations, which are a subset of assets held for sale, as they represent a major line of business. The results of the
divested businesses have been included in the ‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’ until their divestment date. The Balance Sheet is not
restated when a business is reclassified as a discontinued operation.
107
108
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries. An entity, including a
structured entity, is considered a subsidiary of the Group when we determine that the Company has control over the entity. Control exists when the
Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its
power over the entity. We assess power by examining existing rights that give the Group the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the
entity. We have eliminated, on consolidation, the effect of all transactions between entities in the Group.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. At the
reporting date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the relevant spot rate.
Any foreign currency translation gains or losses that arise are included in profit or loss in the period they arise.
We measure translation differences on non-monetary items at fair value through profit or loss and report them as part of the fair value gain or loss on
these items. We include any translation differences on non-monetary items classified as investment securities measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018 ) and non-monetary items classified as available-for-sale financial assets in the available-for-
sale revaluation reserve in equity (applicable prior to 1 October 2018).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FOREIGN OPERATIONS THAT HAVE A FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY THAT IS NOT AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS
The financial statements of our foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars for consolidation into the Group Financial Statements using the
following method:
Foreign currency item Exchange rate used
Assets and liabilities The reporting date rate
Equity
The initial investment date rate
Income and expenses
The average rate for the period – but if for a significant transaction we believe
the average rate is not reasonable, then we use the transaction date rate
Exchange differences arising from the translation of financial statements of foreign operations are recognised in the foreign currency translation
reserve in equity. When we dispose of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange differences are transferred to profit or loss as part of the gain or
loss on sale.
FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES
The Group provides fiduciary services to third parties including custody, nominee, trustee, administration and investment management services
predominantly through the wealth businesses. This involves the Group holding assets on behalf of third parties and making decisions regarding the
purchase and sale of financial instruments. If ANZ is not the beneficial owner or does not control the assets, then we do not recognise these
transactions in these financial statements, except when required by accounting standards or another legislative requirement.
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made a number of judgements and applied estimates
and assumptions about past and future events. Further information on the key judgements and estimates that we consider material to
the financial statements are contained within the relevant notes to the financial statements.
ANZ 2018 ANNUAL REPORT
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
108
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
109
1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED IN THE PERIOD
AASB 9 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (AASB 9)
The Group has applied AASB 9 effective from 1 October 2018 (with the exception of the ‘own credit’ requirements relating to financial liabilities
designated as measured at fair value, which were early adopted by the Group effective from 1 October 2013). In addition, the Group chose to early
adopt AASB 2017-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (AASB 2017-6) effective from 1
October 2018. AASB 9 provides an accounting policy choice, which the Group has taken in current period, to continue to apply the AASB 139 hedge
accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed.
AASB 9 and AASB 2017-6 stipulate new requirements for the impairment of financial assets, classification and measurement of financial assets and
financial liabilities and general hedge accounting. Details of the key requirements are outlined within the Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
sections on pages 125 and 144 respectively, and a reconciliation of the transitional impact of adopting the standard at 1 October 2018 is set out in
Note 35.
AASB 15 REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS (AASB 15)
The Group adopted AASB 15 from 1 October 2018 which resulted in changes in accounting policies and adjustments to amounts recognised in the
consolidated financial statements. The standard requires identification of distinct performance obligations within a contract, and allocation of the
transaction price of the contract to those performance obligations. Revenue is then recognised as each performance obligation is satisfied. The
standard also provides guidance on whether an entity is acting as a principal or an agent which impacts the presentation of revenue on a gross or net
basis. In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 15, the Group has adopted the full retrospective transition approach. Under this
approach, the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard has been recognised as an adjustment to opening retained earnings as at 1 October
2017 and comparative information for the 2018 reporting period has been restated.
The adoption of AASB 15 resulted in the following changes in accounting policy:
Recognition of trail commission revenue: trail commission revenue previously recognised over time is now recognised at the time the Group
initially distributes the underlying product to the customer where it is highly probable the revenue will not need to be reversed in future periods.
This policy change resulted in an increase to the opening balances of Other assets of $32 million, Deferred tax liabilities of $10 million and
Retained earnings of $22 million as at 1 October 2017 to recognise revenue that qualifies for upfront recognition under AASB 15 but was not
previously recognised under AASB 118 Revenue (AASB 118). The change did not impact net profit or earnings per share in the comparative periods.
Presentation: Certain credit card loyalty costs and other costs will be presented as operating expenses where the Group has ass
essed that it is
acting as princip
al (rather than an agent). Previously these costs were presented as a reduction of other operating income. In addition, certain
incentives received from card scheme providers related to card marketing activities will be presented as operating income where the Group has
assessed that it is acting as principal (rather than an agent). Previously these incentives were presented as a reduction of operating expenses.
The presentation of these costs under AASB 15 increased other operating income and operating expenses by $153 million in 2018. The changes
did not impact net profit or earnings per share in the comparative periods.
A minor balance sheet reclassification associated with credit card loyalty programs is set out in Note 35.
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT EARLY ADOPTED
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations have been published but are not mandatory for the financial statements
for the year ended 30 September 2019, and have not been applied by the Group in preparing these financial statements. Further details of these are
set out below.
GENERAL HEDGE ACCOUNTING
AASB 9 introduces new hedge accounting requirements which more closely align accounting with risk management activities undertaken when
hedging financial and non-financial risks. AASB 9 provides the Group with an accounting policy choice to continue to apply the AASB 139 hedge
accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed. The Group
currently applies the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139.
AASB 16 LEASES (AASB 16)
AASB 16 is effective for the Group from 1 October 2019 and replaces the previous standard AASB 117 Leases (AASB 117). AASB 16 primarily impacts the
Group’s property and technology leases which were previously classified as operating leases. Under AASB 117, operating leases were not recognised
on balance sheet and rent payments were expensed over the lease term.
Under AASB 16, lessees must recognise all leases (except for leases of low value assets and short term leases) on balance sheet under a single
accounting model. Accordingly, the Group will recognise its right to use an underlying leased asset over the lease term as a right-of-use (ROU) asset,
and its obligation to make lease payments as a lease liability. In the income statement, the Group will recognise depreciation expense on the ROU
asset and interest expense on the lease liability. As a result, lease expenses will be higher in the early periods of a lease and lower in the later periods of
the lease compared to the previous standard where expenses were constant over the lease term. Cumulative expenses over the life of a lease will not
change.
109
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
110
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
The Group will apply the modified retrospective transition approach whereby initial lease liabilities are recognised based on the present value of
remaining lease payments as of the transition date. The initial ROU asset recognised for certain large commercial and retail leases will be measured as
if AASB 16 had always been applied to the leases. For all other leases, the initial ROU asset will be measured as equal to the initial lease liability. Based
on this transition approach, the Group expects to recognise an increase in liabilities of $1.7 billion and an increase in assets of $1.6 billion. This is
expected to result in a reduction to opening retained earnings of $82 million and an increase in deferred tax assets of $43 million as of 1 October 2019.
Comparative information from prior periods will not be restated.
The implementation of AASB 16 requires management to make certain key judgements including the determination of lease terms, discount rates
and identifying arrangements that contain a lease. These estimates may be refined as the Group finalises its implementation of the standard in the first
half of the 2020 financial year.
AASB 17 INSURANCE CONTRACTS (AASB 17)
The final version of AASB 17 was issued in July 2017 and is not effective for the Group until 1 October 2021. It will replace AASB 4 Insurance Contracts,
AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts and AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. AASB 17 establishes principles for the recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts.
The measurement, presentation and disclosure requirements under AASB 17 are significantly different from current accounting standards. Although
the overall profit recognised in respect of insurance contracts will not change, it is expected that the timing of profit recognition will change.
The impact of AASB 17 is not expected to have material impact on the Group.
AASB INTERPRETATION 23 UNCERTAINTY OVER INCOME TAX TREATMENTS (INTERPRETATION 23)
In July 2017 the AASB issued Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. The Interpretation clarifies application of recognition and
measurement requirements in AASB 112 Income Taxes when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments.
Interpretation 23 will apply to the Group from 1 October 2019, and is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.
REVISED CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
In June 2019 the AASB issued a revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting. The new Framework includes updated definitions and criteria
for the recognition and derecognition of assets and liabilities. Additionally it introduces new concepts on measurement, including factors to consider
when selecting a measurement basis. The revised Conceptual Framework will apply to the Group from 1 October 2020 and is not expected to have a
material impact on the Group.
INTEREST RATE BENCHMARK REFORM
Interbank offered rates (IBORs), such as LIBOR, are a key reference rate for derivatives, loans and securities for global financial markets. In response to
concerns about the transparency and liquidity of IBOR rates, regulators in a number of jurisdictions across the globe are well advanced in developing
benchmark rates to phase out and replace IBORs, these projects are collectively known as ‘IBOR Reform’. The International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB) is also considering the financial reporting implications of IBOR reform which is expected to impact elements of financial instrument
accounting, including hedge accounting, loan modifications, fair value methodologies and disclosures.
The IASB project is split into two phases: Phase 1 deals with pre-replacement issues (issues affecting financial reporting in the period before the
replacement of IBOR’s); and Phase 2 deals with replacement issues (issues affecting financial report
ing when existing IBOR’s are replaced).
In September 2019, the IASB issued a final standard, Interest Rate Benchmark Reform—Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 which focuses on
‘pre-rate replacement issues’ and provides exceptions to specific hedge accounting requirements under IAS 39 and IFRS 9 so that entities will be able
to apply those hedge accounting requirements under an assumption that the interest rate benchmark is not altered as a result of the interest rate
benchmark reform. In October 2019, AASB adopted these amendments in AASB 2019-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Interest
Rate Benchmark Reform.
Although the Group anticipates the new standard, once adopted, will provide certain relief in relation to hedge accounting requirements, for 30
September 2019 reporting purposes, it has considered the existing portfolio of hedge accounted relationships in light of:
the significant uncertainty surrounding the method and timing of transition away from IBORs; and
ongoing application and reliance in capital markets on IBOR’s for financial instrument pricing.
As result of the above factors, the Group has concluded that continuation of hedge accounting relationships for potentially impacted hedge
relationship remains appropriate.
The Group is considering the new standard which is effective on 1 October 2020 but may be adopted earlier.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
110
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
111
2.OPERATING INCOME
20192018
1
$m$m
Net interest income
Interest income by type of financial asset
Investment securities - FVOCI /Available-for-sale assets
1,624
1,524
Financial assets at amortised cost
28,600
27,657
Trading securities
848
1,140
Financial assets designated at FV through profit or loss
5
6
Interest income 31,077
30,327
Interest expense by type of financial liability
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
(16,149)
(15,082)
Securities sold short
(110)
(253)
Financial liabilities designated at FV through profit or loss
(116)
(123)
Interest expense
(16,375)
(15,458)
Major bank levy
(363)
(355)
Net interest income 14,339
14,514
Other operating income
i) Fee and commission income
Lending fees
602
652
Non-lending fees
3,059
3,054
Commissions
124
92
Funds management income
254
248
Fee and commission income
4,039
4,046
Fee and commission expense
(1,462)
(1,336)
Net fee and commission income 2,577
2,710
ii) Other income
Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income
2
1,278
1,666
Sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses
-
99
Sale of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)
-
233
Sale of Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC)
-
240
Sale of ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)
10
(42)
Sale of PNG Retail, Commercial & SME
1
(19)
Sale of OnePath Life (NZ) Ltd (OPL NZ)
89
(3)
Sale of Paymark Limited (Paymark)
37
-
Dividend income on equity securities
28
39
Other
38
91
Other income
1,481
2,304
Other operating income 4,058
5,014
Net income from insurance business 126
273
Share of associates' profit 262
183
Operating income
3
18,785
19,984
1.
On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Comparative information has been restated
accordingly which increased total operating income by $153 million.
2.
Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk on funding
instruments, ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss.
3.
Includes customer remediation of $212 million (2018: $228 million).
111
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
112
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
2. OPERATING INCOME (continued)
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
NET INTEREST INCOME
Interest Income and Expense
We recognise interest income and expense for all financial instruments, including those classified as held for trading, assets measured at fair
value through other comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018), available-for-sale assets (applicable prior to 1 October 2018)
or designated at fair value through profit or loss in net interest income. For assets held at amortised cost we use the effective interest rate
method to calculate amortised cost. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the stream of estimated future cash receipts or
payments over the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the
financial asset or liability. For assets subject to prepayment, we determine their expected life on the basis of historical behaviour of the
particular asset portfolio - taking into account contractual obligations and prepayment experience.
We recognise fees and costs, which form an integral part of the financial instrument (for example loan origination fees and costs), using the
effective interest rate method. This is presented as part of interest income or expense depending on whether the underlying financial
instrument is a financial asset or financial liability.
Major Bank Levy
The Major Bank Levy Act 2017 (‘Levy’ or ‘Major bank levy’) applies a rate of 0.06% to certain liabilities of the Company. The Group has
determined that the levy represents a finance cost for the Group and $363 million (2018: $355 million) is presented in interest expense in
the Income Statement
.
OTHER OPERATING INCOME
Fee and Commission Revenue
We recognise fee and commission revenue arising from contracts with customers (a) over time when the performance obligation is
satisfied across more than one reporting period or (b) at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied immediately or is
satisfied within one reporting period.
Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation of interest income. Lending fees include certain guarantee
and commitment fees where the loan or guarantee is not likely to be drawn upon, and other fees charged for providing customers a
distinct good or service that are recognised separately from the underlying lending product (including annual package fees that
provide benefits on other ANZ products).
Non lending fees includes fees associated with deposit and credit card accounts, interchange fees and fees charged for specific
customer transactions such as international money transfers. Where the Group provides multiple goods or services to a customer
under the same contract, the Group allocates the transaction price of the contract to distinct performance obligations based on the
relative stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. Revenue is recognised as each performance obligation is satisfied.
Commissions represent fees from third parties where ANZ acts as an agent by arranging a third party (e.g. an insurance provider) to
provide goods and services to a customer. In such cases, ANZ is not primarily responsible for providing the underlying good or service
to the customer. If the Group collects funds on behalf of a third party when acting as an agent, the Group only recognises the net
commission it retains as revenue. When the commission is variable based on factors outside the control of the Group (e.g. a trail
commission), revenue is only recognised if it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the variable amount will not be required in
future periods.
Funds management income represent fees earned from customers for providing financial advice and fees for asset management
services and advice provided to investment funds. Revenue is recognised either at the point the financial advice is provided or over
the period in which the asset management services are delivered. Performance fees associated with funds management activities are
only recognised when it becomes highly probable the performance hurdle will be achieved.
Net Foreign Exchange Earnings and Other Financial Instruments Income
We recognise the following as net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income:
exchange rate differences arising on the settlement of monetary items and translation differences on monetary items translated at
rates different to those at which they were initially recognised or included in a previous financial report;
fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives that we use to manage interest rate and foreign
exchange risk on funding instruments not designated as accounting hedges;
the ineffect
ive portions of fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and net investment hedges;
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
112
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
113
2. OPERATING INCOME (continued)
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
immediately upon sale or repayment of a hedged item, the unamortised fair value adjustments in items designated as fair value
hedges and amounts accumulated in equity related to designated cash flow hedges;
fair value movements on financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss or held for trading;
amounts released from the available-for-sale asset (AFS) revaluation reserve (applicable prior to 1 October 2018) when an available-for-
sale asset is sold;
amounts released from the fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) reserve (applicable from 1 October 2018) when a
debt instrument classified as FVOCI is sold; and
the gain or loss on derecognition of financial assets or liabilities measured at amortised cost.
Gain or Loss on Disposal of Non-Financial Assets
The gain or loss on the disposal of assets is the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the proceeds of disposal net of costs.
This is recognised in other income in the year in which the significant risks and rewards transfer to the buyer.
NET INCOME FROM INSURANCE BUSINESS
We recognise
:
premiums received (net of reinsurance premiums paid) based on an assessment of the likely pattern in which risk will emerge over the
term of the policies written. This assessment is undertaken periodically and updated in accordance with the latest pattern of risk
emergence; and
claims incurred net of reinsurance, on an accruals basis once the liability to the policy owner has been established under the terms of
the contract and through actuarial assumptions of future claims.
SHARE OF ASSOCIATES’ PROFIT
The equity method is applied to accounting for associates. Under the equity method, the Group’s share of the after tax results of
associates is included in the Income Statement and the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
113
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
114
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
OPERATING EXPENSES
Operating expenses are recognised as services are provided to the Group over the period in which an asset is consumed or once a
liability is created.
SALARIES AND RELATED COSTS - ANNUAL LEAVE, LONG SERVICE LEAVE AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Wages and salaries, annual leave and other employee entitlements expected to be paid or settled within twelve months of
employees
rendering service are measured at their nominal amounts using remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay when
the liabilities are settled.
We accrue employee entitlements relating to long service leave using an actuarial calculation. It includes assumptions regarding staff
departures, leave utilisation and future salary increases. The result is then discounted using market yields at the reporting date. The market
yields are determined from a blended rate of high quality corporate bonds with terms to maturity that closely match the estimated future
cash outflows.
If we expect to pay short term cash bonuses, then a liability is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay
this amount (as a result of past service provided by the employee) and the obligation can be reliably measured.
3. OPERATING EXPENSES
20192018
1
$m$m
Personnel
Salaries and related costs
2
4,249
4,225
Superannuation costs
293
290
Other
2
223
243
Personnel 4,765
4,758
Premises
Rent
450
468
Other
345
343
Premises 795
811
Technology
Depreciation and amortisation
3
694
990
Licences and outsourced services
672
675
Other
168
234
Technology (excluding personnel)
1,534
1,899
Restructuring 77
227
Other
Advertising and public relations
226
248
Professional fees
2
537
530
Freight, stationery, postage and communication
216
223
Royal Commission legal costs
15
55
Other
2
906
650
Other
1,900
1,706
Operating expenses
2
9,071
9,401
1.
On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Comparative information has been restated
accordingly which increased total operating expense by $153 million for 2018.
2.
Includes customer remediation expenses of $373 million in 2019 (2018: $191 million).
3.
2018 includes an accelerated amortisation expense of $251 million.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
114
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
115
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Personnel expenses also include share-based payments which may be cash or equity settled. We calculate the fair value of equity
settled remuneration at grant date, which is then amortised over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in share capital or
the share option reserve as applicable. When we estimate the fair value, we take into account market vesting conditions, such as
share price performance conditions. We take non-market vesting conditions, such as service conditions, into account by adjusting
the number of equity instruments included in the expense.
After the grant of an equity-based award, the amount we recognise as an expense is reversed when non-market vesting conditions
are not met, for example an employee fails to satisfy the minimum service period specified in the award on resignation, termination
or notice of dismissal for serious misconduct. However, we do not reverse the expense if the award does not vest due to the failure to
meet a market-based performance condition.
Further information on share-based payment schemes operated by the Group during the current and prior year is included in Note
31 Employee Share and Option Plans.
3. OPERATING EXPENSES (continued)
115
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
116
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
4. INCOME TAX
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in profit or loss:
20192018
$m$m
Profit before income tax from continuing operations
8,920
9,895
Prima facie income tax expense at 30%
2,676
2,969
Tax effect of permanent differences:
Sale of divestments
(25)
(141)
Share of associates' profit
(78)
(55)
Interest on convertible instruments
63
67
Overseas tax rate differential
(112)
(58)
Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation
39
32
Tax provisions no longer required
(14)
(41)
Other
77
8
Subtotal
2,626
2,781
Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years
(17)
3
Income tax expense
2,609
2,784
Current tax expense
2,779
3,004
Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to the current tax of prior years
(17)
3
Deferred tax expense/(income) relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences
(153)
(223)
Income tax expense
2,609
2,784
Australia
1,682
1,799
Overseas
927
985
Effective tax rate
29.2%
28.1%
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
116
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
117
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Judgement is required in determining provisions held in respect of uncertain tax positions. The Group estimates its tax liabilities
based on its understanding of the relevant law in each of the countries in which it operates and seeks independent advice where
appropriate.
4. INCOME TAX (continued)
TAX CONSOLIDATION
The Company and all its wholly owned Australian resident entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law. The Company is
the head entity in the tax-consolidated group. We recognise each of the following in the separate financial statements of members of the tax
consolidated group on a ‘group allocation’ basis: tax expense/income, and deferred tax liabilities/assets, that arise from temporary differences of the
members of the tax-consolidated group. The Company (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group) recognises current tax liabilities and assets of
the tax-consolidated group.
Under a tax funding arrangement between the entities in the tax-consolidated group, amounts are recognised as payable to or receivable by the
Company and each member of the tax-consolidated group in relation to the tax contribution amounts paid or payable between the Company and
the other members of the tax-consolidated group.
Members of the tax-consolidated group have also entered into a tax sharing agreement that provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities
between the entities were the head entity to default on its income tax payment obligations.
UNRECOGNISED DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Unrecognised deferred tax assets related to unused realised tax losses (on revenue account) total $10 million (2018: $4 million). Unrecognised deferred
tax liabilities related to additional potential foreign tax costs (assuming all retained earnings in offshore branches and subsidiaries are repatriated) total
$429 million (2018: $390 million).
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
CURRENT TAX EXPENSE
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
117
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
118
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
5. DIVIDENDS
ORDINARY SHARE DIVIDENDS
Dividends are provided for in the financial statements once determined, accordingly, the final dividend announced for the current financial year is provided for
and paid in the following financial year.
Amount Total dividend
Dividends % of total per share $m
Financial Year 2018
2017 final dividend paid 80 cents 2,350
2018 interim dividend paid 80 cents 2,317
Bonus option plan adjustment (82)
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2018
4,585
Cash 91.5%4,193
Dividend reinvestment plan 8.5%392
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2018
4,585
Financial Year 2019
2018 final dividend paid
80 cents 2,295
2019 interim dividend paid
80 cents 2,267
Bonus option plan adjustment
(81)
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2019 4,481
Cash
90.4% 4,049
Dividend reinvestment plan
9.6% 432
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2019 4,481
Amount
Total
dividend
Dividends announced and to be paid after year-end Payment date per share $m
2019 final dividend (70% franked for Australian tax, New Zealand imputation
credit NZD 9 cents per share)
18 December 2019 80 cents 2,268
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN AND BONUS OPTION PLAN
Eligible shareholders can elect to reinvest their dividend entitlement into ANZ ordinary shares under the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan
(DRP). Eligible shareholders can elect to forgo their dividend entitlement and instead receive ANZ ordinary shares under the Company’s Bonus Option
Plan (BOP). For the 2019 final dividend, DRP participation will be satisfied by an on-market purchase of shares and BOP participation will be satisfied by
an issue of ANZ ordinary shares. There will be no discount applied to the DRP and BOP price.
See Note 22 Shareholders’ Equity for details of shares the Company issued or purchased in respect of the DRP and BOP.
DIVIDEND FRANKING ACCOUNT
20192018
Currency
$m$m
Australian franking credits available at 30% tax rate AUD
35 97
New Zealand imputation credits available (which can be attached to our Australian
dividends but may only be used by New Zealand resident shareholders)
NZD
4,068
3,868
The above amounts represent the balances of the franking accounts as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:
franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable as at the end of the financial year; and
franking credits/debits from the receipt/payment of dividends that have been recognised as tax receivables/payables as at the end of the
financial year.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
118
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
119
5. DIVIDENDS (continued)
The proposed final 2019 dividend will utilise the entire balance of $35 million franking credits available at 30 September 2019. Instalment tax
payments on account of the 2020 financial year which will be made after 30 September 2019 will generate sufficient franking credits to enable the
final 2019 dividend to be 70% franked. The extent to which future dividends will be franked will depend on a number of factors, including the level of
profits generated by the Group that will be subject to tax in Australia.
RESTRICTIONS ON THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
APRA’s written approval is required before paying dividends on ANZ ordinary shares:
if the aggregate dividends exceed the Company’s after tax earnings (in calculating those after tax earnings, we take into account any payments we
made on senior capital instruments) in the financial year to which they relate; or
if the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio falls within capital range buffers specified by APRA.
If the Company fails to pay a dividend or distribution on its ANZ Capital Notes or ANZ Capital Securities on the scheduled payment date, it may
(subject to a number of exceptions) be restricted from resolving to pay or paying any dividend on the ANZ ordinary shares.
119
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
120
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
6. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
20192018
Earnings per ordinary share (EPS) - Basic
centscents
Earnings Per Share
210.0
221.6
Earnings Per Share from continuing operations
1
222.1
245.6
Earnings Per Share from discontinued operations
(12.1)
(24.0)
20192018
Earnings per ordinary share (EPS) - Diluted
centscents
Earnings Per Share
201.9
212.1
Earnings Per Share from continuing operations
1
213.0
234.2
Earnings Per Share from discontinued operations
(11.1)
(22.1)
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares
outstanding during the period (after eliminating ANZ shares held within the Group known as treasury shares). Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting
the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the basic EPS calculation for the
effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares.
20192018
Reconciliation of earnings used in earnings per share calculations
$m$m
Basic:
Profit for the year
5,968
6,416
Less: Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
15
16
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share 5,953
6,400
Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(343)
(695)
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing operations 6,296
7,095
Diluted:
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share 5,953
6,400
Add: Interest on convertible subordinated debt
268
279
Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share
6,221
6,679
Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(343)
(695)
Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from continuing operations 6,564
7,374
20192018
Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) used in earnings per
share calculations
1,2
millionsmillions
WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share
2,834.9
2,888.3
Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares
Convertible subordinated debt
237.9
249.0
Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares)
8.8
11.4
WANOS used in calculating diluted earnings per share 3,081.6
3,148.7
1.
The successor fund transfer performed in preparation for the sales of the Group’s wealth businesses to Zurich and IOOF was completed on 13 April 2019. Post this date, treasury shares held in Wealth
Australia discontinued operations ceased to be eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements and are included in the denominator used in calculating earnings per share. If the weighted
average number of treasury shares held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations was included in the denominator used in calculating earnings per share from continuing operations, basic earnings per
share from continuing operations for 2019 would have been 221.4 cents (2018: 244.4 cents) and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for 2019 would have been 212.4 cents (2018: 233.1
cents).
2.
Excludes the weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST of 4.7 million (2018: 5.9 million) and Wealth Australia discontinued operations of 8.2 million (2018: 15.0 million).
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
120
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
121
7. SEGMENT REPORTING
DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS
The Group’s five continuing operating segments are presented on a basis that is consistent with the information provided internally to the Chief
Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker. This reflects the way the Group’s businesses are managed, rather than the legal structure
of the Group.
We measure the performance of these segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, we remove certain non-core items from statutory
profit. Details of these items are included in the “Other Items” section of this note. Transactions between business units across segments within ANZ
are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses of these segments.
The reportable segments are divisions engaged in providing either different products or services or similar products and services in different
geographical areas. They are as follows:
Australia Retail and Commercial
The Australia Retail and Commercial division comprises:
Retail provides products and services to consumer customers in Australia via the branch network, mortgage specialists, contact centres, a variety
of self-service channels (internet banking, phone banking, ATMs, website, ANZ share investing and digital banking) and third party brokers in
addition to financial planning services provided by salaried financial planners.
Commercial provides a full range of banking products and financial services including asset financing across the following customer segments:
medium to large commercial customers and agribusiness customers across regional Australia, small business owners and high net worth
individuals and family groups.
Institutional
The Institutional division services governments, global institutional and corporate customers across three product sets: Transaction Banking, Loans &
Specialised Finance and Markets.
Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity financing
as well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.
Loans & Specialised Finance provides loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance,
debt structuring and acquisition finance and corporate advisory.
Markets provide risk management services on foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities, debt capital markets in addition to managing
the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.
New Zealand
The New Zealand division comprises:
Retail provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer, private banking and small business banking customers. We
deliver our s
ervices via our internet and app-based digital solutions and network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and
contact centres.
Commercial provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through
dedicated managers focusing on privately owned medium to large enterprises, the agricultural business segment and governments.
Pacific
The Pacific division provides products and services to retail customers, small to medium-sized enterprises, institutional customers and governments
located in the Pacific Islands. Products and services include retail products provided to consumers, traditional relationship banking and sophisticated
financial solutions provided to business customers through dedicated managers.
Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre
TSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, group operations, shared services, property, risk
management, financial management, strategy, marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. The Group Centre includes residual Asia Retail and
Wealth, Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and minority investments in Asia.
Refer to Note 29 Discontinued Operations and Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale for details on discontinued operations.
OPERATING SEGMENTS
The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by a number of methodology and structural changes during the period. Prior period
comparatives have been restated as follows:
The methodology for allocating earnings on capital at a business unit level has changed from Economic Capital to Regulatory Capital. While
neutral at a Group level, this change has impacted net interest income at the divisional level;
The residual Asia Retail and Wealth businesses have been transferred from the former Asia Retail and Pacific division to TSO and Group Centre
division. The remaining segment has been renamed Pacific division; and
121
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
122
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
7. SEGMENT REPORTING (continued)
OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
ANZ’s lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, general insurance distribution and financial planning businesses which were previously part of
the continuing operations of Wealth Australia now form part of the Australia Retail and Commercial division (previously named Australia division)
and Wealth Australia division ceases to exist as a continuing division.
The divisional results were also impacted by the adoption of two new accounting standards:
AASB 9 - the Group implemented an expected credit loss methodology for impairment of financial assets, and revised the classification and
measurement of certain financial assets from 1 October 2018. Consequently, the Group increased its provision for credit impairment by $813
million through opening retained earnings. Comparative information has not been restated.
AASB 15 - the main impact of adoption is that certain items previously netted are now presented gross in operating income and operating
expenses. Comparative information has been restated which increased total operating income by $153 million and is offset by an increase in total
operating expenses of the same amount.
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand
Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Other
items
1
Group
Total
Year ended 30 September 2019 $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Net interest income
8,092 3,080 2,736 128 303 - 14,339
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees
290 282 16 14 - - 602
- Non-lending fees
1,499 847 691 42 (20) - 3,059
- Commissions
75 - 61 - (12) - 124
- Funds management income
14 2 243 - (5) - 254
- Fee and commission expense
(657) (338) (459) (9) 1 - (1,462)
Net income from insurance business
100 - 18 - 1 7 126
Other income
27 1,399 6 57 243 (251) 1,481
Share of associates’ profit
(1) - 4 - 259 - 262
Other operating income
1,347 2,192 580 104 467 (244) 4,446
Operating income
9,439 5,272 3,316 232 770 (244) 18,785
Operating expenses
(4,074) (2,667) (1,286) (150) (894) - (9,071)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
5,365 2,605 2,030 82 (124) (244) 9,714
Credit impairment (charge)/release
(712) 2 (87) 1 1 1 (794)
Profit before income tax 4,653 2,607 1,943 83 (123) (243) 8,920
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests
(1,458) (779) (544) (24) 112 69 (2,624)
Profit after tax from continuing operations
3,195 1,828 1,399 59 (11) (174) 6,296
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations
(343)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
5,953
Non-cash items
Share of associates’ profit
(1) - 4 - 259 - 262
Depreciation and amortisation
(176) (112) (41) (7) (535) - (871)
Equity-settled share based payment expenses
(13) (69) (4) (1) (33) - (120)
Credit impairment (charge)/release
(712) 2 (87) 1 1 1 (794)
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Discontinued
operations
Group
Total
Financial position
$m $m$m$m$m$m$m
Goodwill
410 1,070 1,937 50 - 42 3,509
Investments in associates
17 2 - - 2,938 - 2,957
1.
Cash profit represents ANZ's preferred measure of the result of the segments. We remove certain items from the segments as discussed on page 124 if we consider them not integral to the ongoing
performance of the segment.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
122
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
123
7. SEGMENT REPORTING (continued)
OPERATING SEGMENT (continued)
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Other
items
1
Group
Total
Year ended 30 September 2018
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Net interest income 8,449 2,993 2,651 131 290 - 14,514
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 35326915141-652
- Non-lending fees 1,494832 6573932-3,054
- Commissions 83-42-(33)-92
- Funds management income 225 230-(9)-248
- Fee and commission expense (609)(289)(417)(8)(13)-(1,336)
Net income from insurance business 1261117 -1019 273
Other income 42 1,24822 55339598 2,304
Share of associates’ profit (1) - 5 - 179 - 183
Other operating income 1,510 2,066 671 100 506 617 5,470
Operating income 9,959 5,059 3,322 231 796 617 19,984
Operating expenses (4,075) (2,948) (1,205) (128) (1,045) - (9,401)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax5,884 2,111 2,117 103(249)617 10,583
Credit impairment (charge)/release(698)44 (6)(3)(25)- (688)
Profit before income tax
5,1862,155 2,111100(274)617 9,895
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests(1,560)(675)(590)(28)62(9)(2,800)
Profit after tax from continuing operations
3,6261,480 1,52172(212)608 7,095
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (695)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
6,400
Non-cash items
Share of associates’ profit (1) - 5 - 179 - 183
Depreciation and amortisation (217) (410)(48)(7)(517)-(1,199)
Equity-settled share based payment expenses(17)(83)(7)(1)(29)(1) (138)
Credit impairment (charge)/release(698)44 (6)(3)(25)- (688)
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Discontinued
operations
Group
Total
Financial position
2
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Goodwill270 1,067 1,97948 - 7674,131
Investments in associates 18 1 5 - 2,531- 2,555
1.
Cash profit represents ANZ's preferred measure of the result of the segments. We remove certain items from the segments as discussed on page 124 if we consider them not integral to the ongoing
performance of the segment.
2.
Includes goodwill of $691 million and investments in associates of $2 million presented as assets held for sale.
123
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
124
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
7. SEGMENT REPORTING (continued)
OTHER ITEMS
The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items which are removed from statutory profit to reflect the cash profit of each segment.
Profit after tax
20192018
ItemRelatedsegment
$m$m
Revaluation of policy liabilities New Zealand
(77)
14
Economic hedges Institutional, TSO and Group Centre
(118)
248
Revenue and expense hedges TSO and Group Centre
19
9
Structured credit intermediation trades Institutional
2
4
Reclassification of SRCB to held for sale TSO and Group Centre
-
333
Total from continuing operations
(174)
608
SEGMENT INCOME BY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
The primary sources of our external income across all divisions are interest income and other operating income. The Australia, New Zealand, and
Pacific divisions derive income from products and services from retail and commercial banking. The Institutional division derives its income from
institutional products and services. No single customer amounts to greater than 10% of the Group’s income.
GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION
The following table sets out total operating income earned including discontinued operations and assets to be recovered in more than one year
based on the geographical regions in which the Group operates. The assets consist of investment securities measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018), available-for-sale assets (prior to 1 October 2018), net loans and advances and assets
presented as held for sale.
Australia
Asia Pacific,
Europe & Americas New Zealand Total
2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Total operating income
12,394
13,286
2,613
2,823
3,947
3,956
18,954
20,065
Assets to be recovered in more than one year
386,062
389,119
48,545
46,801
105,642
98,312
540,249
534,232
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
124
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
125
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Outlined below is a description of how we classify and measure financial assets relevant to the subsequent note disclosures.
CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT
Financial assets - general
There are three measurement classifications for financial assets under AASB 9: amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and
fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Financial assets are classified into these measurement classifications on the basis
of two criteria:
the business model within which the financial asset is managed; and
the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (specifically whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of
principal and interest).
The resultant financial asset classifications are as follows:
Amortised cost: Financial assets with contractual cash flows that comprise solely payments of principal and interest only and which are held in
a business model whose objective is to collect their cash flows;
FVOCI: Financial assets with contractual cash flows that comprise solely payments of principal and interest only and which are held in a
business model whose objective is to collect their cash flows or to sell the assets; and
FVTPL: Any other financial assets not falling into the categories above are measured at FVTPL.
Fair value option for financial assets
A financial asset may be irrevocably designated at FVTPL on initial recognition when the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an
accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise.
8. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
20192018
$m$m
Coins, notes and cash at bank
1,186
1,382
Money at call, bills receivable and remittances in transit
3
74
Securities purchased under agreements to resell in less than 3 months
25,277
28,302
Balances with central banks
25,681
33,724
Settlement balances owed to ANZ within 3 months
29,474
21,154
Cash and cash equivalents
1
81,621
84,636
1.
Excludes cash and cash equivalents held for sale of nil (2018: $328 million).
125
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
126
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
9. TRADING SECURITIES
20192018
$m$m
Government securities
27,177
26,115
Corporate and financial institution securities
9,640
7,825
Equity and other securities
7,271
3,782
Total 44,088
37,722
Less: Assets reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)
(919)
-
Total
43,169
37,722
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Trading securities are financial instruments we either:
acquire principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term; or
hold as part of a portfolio we manage for short-term profit making.
We recognise purchases and sales of trading securities on trade date:
initially, we measure them at fair value; and
subsequently, we measure them in the balance sheet at their fair value with any revaluation recognised in the profit or loss.
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Judgement is required when applying the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of trading securities not valued using
quoted market prices. Refer to Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities for further details.
26,115
7,825
3,782
27,177
9,640
7,27 1
20192018
● Gover nment securities
Corporate and nancial
●
institution securities
● Equity and other securities
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
126
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
127
10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Assets
2019
Liabilities
2019
Assets
2018
Liabilities
2018
Fair Value
$m $m $m $m
Derivative financial instruments - held for trading
116,622 (116,778)
66,457 (66,198)
Derivative financial instruments - designated in hedging relationships
4,045 (4,173)
1,966 (3,478)
Derivative financial instruments 120,667 (120,951)
68,423 (69,676)
FEATURES
Derivative financial instruments are contracts:
whose value is derived from an underlying price index (or other variable) defined in the contract - sometimes the value is derived from more than
one variable;
that require little or no initial net investment; and
that are settled at a future date.
Movements in the price of the underlying variables, which cause the value of the contract to fluctuate, are reflected in the fair value of the derivative.
PURPOSE
The Group’s derivative financial instruments have been categorised as following:
Trading
Derivatives held in order to:
Meet customer needs for managing their own risks.
Manage risks in the Group that are not in a designated hedge accounting relationship (balance sheet
management).
Undertake market making and positioning activities to generate profits from short-term fluctuations in prices
or margins.
Designated in Hedging
Relationships
Derivatives designated into hedge accounting relationships in order to minimise profit or loss volatility by matching
movements to underlying positions relating to:
Hedges of the Group’s exposures to interest rate risk and currency risk.
Hedges of other exposures relating to non-trading positions.
TYPES
The Group offers and uses four different types of derivative financial instruments:
Forwards
A contract documenting the rate of interest, or the currency exchange rate, to be paid or received on a notional
principal amount at a future date.
Futures
An exchange traded contract in which the parties agree to buy or sell an asset in the future for a price agreed on the
transaction date, with a net settlement in cash paid on the future date without physical delivery of the asset.
Swaps
A contract in which two parties exchange a series of cash flows for another.
Options
A contract in which the buyer of the contract has the right - but not the obligation - to buy (known as a “call option”)
or to sell (known as a “put option”) an asset or instrument at a set price on a future date. The seller has the
corresponding obligation to fulfil the transaction to sell or buy the asset or instrument if the buyer exercises
the option.
RISKS MANAGED
The Group offers and uses the instruments described above to manage fluctuations in the following market factors:
Foreign Exchange
Currencies at current or determined rates of exchange.
Interest Rate
Fixed or variable interest rates applying to money lent, deposited or borrowed.
Commodity
Soft commodities (that is, agricultural products such as wheat, coffee, cocoa and sugar) and hard commodities (that
is, mined products such as gold, oil and gas).
Credit
Counterparty risk in the event of default.
127
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
128
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – HELD FOR TRADING
The majority of the Group’s derivative financial instruments are held for trading. The fair value of derivative financial instruments held for trading are:
Assets LiabilitiesAssets Liabilities
2019 201920182018
Fair Value
$m $m$m$m
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements
74 (78)
2(2)
Futures contracts
41 (109)
54(41)
Swap agreements
82,996 (80,588)
35,079(35,428)
Options purchased
1,454 -
782-
Options sold
- (2,317)
-(1,408)
Total 84,565 (83,092)
35,917(36,879)
Foreign exchange contracts
Spot and forward contracts
15,987 (15,359)
15,200(14,088)
Swap agreements
13,836 (16,235)
12,532(11,821)
Options purchased
405 -
494-
Options sold
- (514)
-(669)
Total
30,228 (32,108)
28,226(26,578)
Commodity contracts 1,807 (1,553)
2,260(2,683)
Credit default swaps
Structured credit derivatives purchased
16 -
22-
Other credit derivatives purchased
4 (3)
8(29)
Credit derivatives purchased
20 (3)
30(29)
Structured credit derivatives sold
- (19)
-(26)
Other credit derivatives sold
2 (3)
24(3)
Credit derivatives sold 2 (22)
24(29)
Total 22 (25)
54(58)
Derivative financial instruments - held for trading 116,622 (116,778)
66,457(66,198)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
128
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
129
10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – DESIGNATED IN HEDGING RELATIONSHIPS
There are three types of hedge accounting relationships the Group utilises:
Fair value hedge Cash flow hedge Net investment hedge
Objective of this
hedging
arrangement
To hedge our exposure to changes to
the fair value of a recognised asset or
liability or unrecognised firm
commitment caused by interest rate
or foreign currency movements.
To hedge our exposure to variability in
cash flows of a recognised asset or
liability, a firm commitment or a highly
probable forecast transaction caused
by interest rate, foreign currency and
other price movements.
To hedge our exposure to exchange
rate differences arising from the
translation of our foreign operations
from their functional currency to
Australian dollars.
Recognition of
effective hedge
portion
The following are recognised in profit
or loss at the same time:
all changes in the fair value of the
underlying item relating to the
hedged risk; and
the change in the fair value
of the derivatives.
We recognise the effective portion of
changes in the fair value of derivatives
designated as a cash flow hedge in
the cash flow hedge reserve.
We recognise the effective portion of
changes in the fair value of the
hedging instrument in the foreign
currency translation reserve.
Recognition of
ineffective hedge
portion
Recognised immediately in Other operating income.
If a hedging
instrument expires,
or is sold, terminated,
or exercised; or no
longer qualifies for
hedge accounting
When we recognise the hedged item
in profit or loss, we recognise the
related unamortised fair value
adjustment in profit or loss. This may
occur over time if the hedged item is
amortised to profit or loss as part of
the effective yield over the period
to maturity.
Only when we recognise the hedged
item in profit or loss is the amount
previously deferred in the cash flow
hedge reserve transferred to profit
or loss.
The amount we defer in the foreign
currency translation reserve remains in
equity and is transferred to profit or
loss only when we dispose of, or
partially dispose of, the foreign
operation.
Hedged item sold or
repaid
We recognise the unamortised fair
value adjustment immediately in
profit or loss.
Amounts accumulated in equity are
transferred immediately to profit
or loss.
The gain or loss, or applicable
proportion, we recognise in equity is
transferred to profit or loss on disposal
or partial disposal of a foreign
operation.
129
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
130
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
10.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(continued)
As outlined in Note 1, the Group has continued to apply the AASB 139 hedge accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards
Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed. However, new hedge disclosures are required for 2019 and onwards under AASB 7
Financial Instruments: Disclosures (AASB 7) which are presented below. The presentation of derivatives information for 2018 has not been amended.
The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships are:
2019
2018
Nominal
amount Assets LiabilitiesAssets Liabilities
$m $m $m$m$m
Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange swap agreements
21 1 -
1-
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts
581 - (9)
1-
Interest rate swap agreements
108,243 2,093 (3,155)
1,261(3,001)
Interest rate futures contracts
3,139 - (27)
47(1)
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swap agreements
84,365 1,876 (832)
592(379)
Foreign exchange swap agreements
2,934 75 (91)
44(52)
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts
159 - (1)
2-
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts
1,484 - (58)
18(45)
Derivative financial instruments - designated in
hedging relationships
200,926 4,045 (4,173)
1,966(3,478)
The maturity profile of the nominal amounts of our hedging instruments held at 30 September 2019 is:
Nominal Amount
Average
Rate
Less than 3
months
$m
3 to 12
months
$m
1 to 5
years
$m
After
5 years
$m
Total
$m
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
Interest Rate 1.95% 3,195 18,407 63,873 25,907 111,382
Foreign exchange
HKD/AUD FX Rate 5.38 602 - - - 602
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate
Interest Rate 2.15% 1,088 14,040 66,880 2,357 84,365
Foreign exchange
1
AUD/USD FX Rate 0.72
40 120 1,652 1,281 3,093
USD/EUR FX Rate 0.91
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange
TWD/AUD FX Rate 21.41
474 1,010 - - 1,484
THB/AUD FX Rate 21.77
1.
Hedges of foreign exchange risk cover multiple currency pairs. The table reflects the larger currency pairs only.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
130
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
131
10.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(continued)
The impact of ineffectiveness from our designated hedge relationships by type of hedge relationship and type of risk being hedged are:
Ineffectiveness
Amount reclassified from
the cash flow hedge
reserve or FCTR to profit
and loss
Change in value
of hedging
instrument
Change in value
of hedged item
Hedge ineffectiveness
recognised in profit
and loss
2019$m$m$m$m
Fair value hedges
1
Interest rate
586 (582) 4 -
Foreign exchange
(36) 36 - -
Cash flow hedges
1
Interest rate
836 (825) 11 14
Foreign exchange
20 (20) - 2
Net investment hedges
1
Foreign exchange
(144) 144 - -
1.
All hedging instruments are held within Derivative Financial Instruments.
Hedge ineffectiveness recognised is classified within Other operating income. Reclassification adjustments to the Statement of Comprehensive
Income are recognised within Net interest income.
Hedged items in relation to the Group’s fair value hedges for 30 September 2019 are as follows:
Carrying amount
Accumulated fair value
hedge adjustments on
the hedged ite
m
Balance sheet
presentationHedged risk
Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
Assets
$m
Liabilities
$m
Fixed rate loans and advances Net loans and advances Interest rate
2,281 - 17 -
Fixed rate debt issuance Debt issuances Interest rate
- (67,555) - (1,749)
Fixed rate investment securities (FVOCI)
1
Investment securities Interest rate
47,641 - 1,907 -
Equity securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Foreign exchange
581 - 52 -
Total
50,503 (67,555) 1,976 (1,749)
1.
The carrying amount of debt and equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income does not include the fair value hedge adjustment as the hedge assets are measured at fair value. The
accounting for the hedge relationship results in transfer of the hedge adjustment out of other comprehensive income into the Income Statement.
The cumulative amount of fair value hedge adjustments relating to ceased hedge relationships remaining on the Balance Sheet is $8 million.
131
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
132
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
Hedged items in relation to the Group’s cash flow and net investment hedges for 30 September 2019 are as follows:
Cash flow
hedge reserve
Foreign currency
translation reserve
Continuing
hedges
Discontinued
hedges
Continuing
hedges
Discontinued
hedges
Hedged risk $m$m$m$m
Cash flow hedges
Floating rate loans and advances Interest rate
1,587 41 - -
Floating rate customer deposits Interest rate
(577) (32) - -
Foreign currency debt issuance Foreign exchange
14 - - -
Foreign currency investment securities Foreign exchange
6 - - -
Highly probable forecast transactions Foreign exchange
3 - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign operations Foreign exchange
- - (159) (149)
The table below details the reconciliation of the cash flow hedge reserve by risk type:
Interest rate
Foreign
currencyTotal
$m$m$m
Balance at 1 October 2018
128 (1) 127
Fair value gains
825 20 845
Transferred to income statement
14 2 16
Income taxes and others
(251) (6) (257)
Balance at 30 September 2019
716 15 731
Hedges from net investments in a foreign operation resulted in a $144 million decrease in FCTR during the year. There were no reclassifications from
FCTR to the income statement during the year.
2018 Disclosure
The impact recognised in profit or loss arising from derivative financial instruments designated in hedge accounting relationships, are as follows:
Hedge 2018
accounting type $m
Gain/(Loss) recognised in Other operating income
Hedged item Fair value 1,190
Hedging instrument Fair value (1,210)
Ineffective portion of hedging instrument Cash flow 13
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
132
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
133
10.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(continued)
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Recognition
Initially and at each reporting date, we recognise all derivatives at fair value. If the fair value of a
derivative is positive, then we carry it as an asset, but if its value is negative, then we carry it as a
liability.
Valuation adjustments are integral in determining the fair value of derivatives. This includes:
a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) to reflect the counterparty risk and/or event of default; and
a funding valuation adjustment (FVA) to account for funding costs and benefits in the
derivatives portfolio.
Derecognition of
assets and liabilities
We remove derivative assets from our balance sheet when the contracts expire or we have transferred
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. We remove derivative liabilities from our balance
sheet when the Group’s contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.
Impact on the
Income Statement
How we recognise gains or losses on derivative financial instruments depends on whether the
derivative is held for trading or is designated into a hedging relationship. For derivative financial
instruments held for trading, gains or losses from changes in the fair value are recognised in profit or
loss.
For an instrument designated into a hedging relationship, the recognition of gains or losses depends
on the nature of the item being hedged. Refer to the previous table on page 129 for profit or loss
treatment depending on the hedge type.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk and differences in discounting between the
hedged items and the hedging instruments. The hedging instruments are discounted using Overnight
Index Swaps discount curves which are not applied to the hedged items.
Hedge effectiveness
To qualify for hedge accounting a hedge is expected to be highly effective. A hedge is highly effective
only if the following conditions are met:
the hedge is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash
flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is designated
(prospective effectiveness); and
the actual results of the hedge are within the range of 80-125% (retrospective effectiveness).
The Group monitors hedge effectiveness on a regular basis but at a minimum at least at each
reporting date.
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Judgement is required when we select the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of derivatives, particularly the selection of
valuation inputs that are not readily observable, and the application of valuation adjustments to certain derivatives. Refer to Note 17 Fair
Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities for further details.
133
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
134
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
11. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
20192018
$m$m
Investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Debt securities
76,489
-
Equity securities
1,221
-
Investment securities measured at amortised cost
Debt securities
1
5,999
-
Available-for-sale assets
Debt securities
-
74,268
Equity securities
-
1,095
Total 83,709
75,363
Less: Assets reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)
-
(1,079)
Total 83,709
74,284
1.
Includes allowance for expected credit losses of $13 million.
Less than 3
months
3 to 12
months 1 to 5 years After 5 years
No
maturity Total
2019 Investment securities
$m $m $m $m $m $m
Government securities
6,768 14,665 26,200 12,603 - 60,236
Corporate and financial institution securities
1,280 2,719 15,965 374 - 20,338
Other securities
- - 183 1,731 - 1,914
Equity securities
- - - - 1,221 1,221
Total 8,048 17,384 42,348 14,708 1,221 83,709
2018 Available-for-sale assets
Government securities 6,715 8,159 28,144 12,455 -55,473
Corporate and financial institution securities 948 2,549 13,283 287 - 17,067
Other securities- - 159 1,569-1,728
Equity securities- - - - 1,0951,095
Total
7,663 10,708 41,586 14,311 1,095 75,363
Less: Assets reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29) (1,079)
Total
74,284
20192018
● Gover nment securities
Corporate and nancial
●
institution securities
● Other securities
● Equity securities
60,236
20,338
1,914
1,221
55,473
17,067
1,7281,095
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
134
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
135
11. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)
During the year, the Group recognised a net gain (before tax) in other operating income from the recycling of gains/losses previously deferred in
equity of $240 million (2018: $48 million) in respect of investment securities (applicable from 1 October 2018) and available-for-sale assets (prior to 1
October 2018).
The carrying value of equity securities at FVOCI / AFS equity securities is $1,221 million (2018: $1,095 million). This includes the Group’s $1,106 million
(2018: $1,025 million) investment in the Bank of Tianjin (BoT).
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Policy applicable from 1 October 2018
Investment securities are those financial assets in security form (i.e. transferable debt or equity instruments) that are not held for trading
purposes. By way of exception, bills of exchange (a form of security/transferable instrument) which are used to facilitate the Group’s
customer lending activities are classified as Loans and advances (rather than Investment securities) to better reflect the substance of the
arrangement.
Non-traded equity investments may be designated at FVOCI on an instrument by instrument basis. If this election is made, gains or losses
are not reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss on disposal of the investment. However, gains or losses may be
reclassified within equity.
Assets disclosed as Investment securities are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for Financial Assets outlined at
the commencement of the Group’s financial asset disclosures on page 125. Additionally, expected credit losses associated with
“Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost” and “Investment securities - debt securities at fair value through other
comprehensive income” are recognised and measured in accordance with the accounting policy outlined in Note 13. For “Investment
securities – debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income” the allowance for ECL is recognised in the FVOCI reserve in
equity with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
Policy applicable prior to 1 October 2018
AFS assets comprise non-derivative financial assets which we designate as AFS since we do not hold them principally for trading purposes.
They include both equity and debt securities. AFS assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs and are revalued at least
bi-annually. On revaluation, we include movements in fair value within the available-for-sale revaluation reserve in equity, except for certain
items which are recognised directly in profit or loss, being interest on debt securities, dividends received, foreign exchange on debt
securities and impairment charges.
When we sell the asset, any cumulative gain or loss from the available-for-sale revaluation reserve is recognised in profit or loss.
At each reporting date, we assess whether any AFS assets are impaired. We assess the impairment of any debt securities if an event has
occurred which will have a negative impact on the asset’s estimated cash flows. For equity securities, we assess if there is a significant or
prolonged decline in their fair value below cost.
If an AFS asset is impaired, then we remove the cumulative loss related to that asset from the available-for-sale revaluation reserve. We then
recognise it in profit or loss for:
debt instruments, as a credit impairment expense; and
equity instruments, as a negative impact in other operating income.
We recognise any later reversals of impairment on debt securities in the profit or loss through the credit impairment charge line. However,
we do not make any reversals of impairment for equity securities. To the extent previously impaired equity securities recover in value, gains
are recognised directly in equity.
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Judgement is required when we select valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of assets not valued using quoted market
prices, particularly the selection of valuation inputs that are not readily observable. Refer to Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities for further details.
135
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
136
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
12. NET LOANS AND ADVANCES
The following table provides details of net loans and advances for the Group:
20192018
$m$m
Overdrafts
7,267
7,061
Credit cards
9,241
9,890
Commercial bills
6,159
6,861
Term loans – housing
343,808
346,154
Term loans – non-housing
248,337
234,405
Other
3,483
3,442
Subtotal
618,295
607,813
Unearned income
(398)
(430)
Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees
870
997
Gross loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale)
618,767
608,380
Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 13)
1,2
(3,509)
(2,917)
Net loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale)
615,258
605,463
Less: Net loans and advances reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)
-
(999)
Net loans and advances
615,258
604,464
Residual contractual maturity:
Within one year
133,273
126,811
More than one year
481,985
477,653
Net loans and advances
615,258
604,464
Carried on Balance Sheet at:
Amortised cost
614,336
604,331
Fair value through profit or loss
922
133
Net loans and advances
615,258
604,464
1.
On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the Group increased the collectively assessed provision by $647 million. Comparative information has not been restated. Refer to Note 35 for further details.
2.
$500 million of collectively assessed provisions and $26 million of individually assessed provision for credit impairment attributable to off-balance sheet credit related commitments at 2018 were reclassified
from Net loans and advances at amortised cost to Other provisions to enhance comparability with current period presentation.
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and
are facilities the Group provides directly to customers or through third party channels.
Loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the loan or advance,
which are primarily brokerage/mortgage origination fees which we amortise over the estimated life of the loan. Subsequently, we then
measure loans and advances at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, net of any provision for credit impairment, or at fair
value when they are specifically designated on initial recognition as fair value through profit or loss or when held for trading.
We classify contracts to lease assets and hire purchase agreements as finance leases if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership of the asset to the customer or an unrelated third party. We include these facilities in ‘Other’ in the table above.
The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers financial assets that are recognised on its balance sheet. When the Group retains
substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the transferred assets remain on the Group’s balance sheet, however if
substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred, the Group derecognises the asset.
If the risks and rewards are partially retained and control over the asset is lost, the Group derecognises the asset. If control over the asset is
not lost, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement.
We separately recognise the rights and obligations retained, or created, in the transfer of assets and liabilities as appropriate.
From 1 October 2018, assets disclosed as net loans and advances are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for
Financial Assets outlined at the commencement of the Group’s Financial Asset disclosures on page 125. Additionally, expected credit losses
associated with loans and advances at amortised cost are recognised and measured in accordance with the accounting policy outlined in
Note 13.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
136
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
137
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
As described in Note 1 and 35, the Group adopted AASB 9 effective from 1 October 2018 which resulted in the application of an expected credit loss
(ECL) model for measuring impairment of financial assets and amendments to the presentation of credit impairment information for the current year.
Comparative information has not been restated.
The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL (including allowance for ECL reclassified as held for sale) for the year.
Net loans and advances - at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectiv
ely
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2018 920 1,391 359 894 3,564
Transfer between stages
166 (308) (91) 233 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
(168) 291 147 1,139 1,409
Write-backs
- - - (382) (382)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (1,076) (1,076)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
9 4 (2) (17) (6)
As at 30 September 2019
927 1,378 413 791 3,509
1.
Includes the impacts of divestments completed in 2019 and the impact of discount unwind on individually assessed allowance for ECL.
The movement in expected credit losses is consistent with the movement in corresponding gross balances.
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2018 9 2 - - 11
Transfer between stages
- - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
2 (1) - - 1
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1 - - - 1
As at 30 September 2019
12 1 - - 13
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
Allowance for ECL does not change the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in the FVOCI
reserve in equity, with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2018 14 - - - 14
Transfer between stages
- - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
(2) - - - (2)
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(4) - - - (4)
As at 30 September 2019
8 - - - 8
1.
Includes the impacts of divestments completed in 2019.
137
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
138
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES (continued)
ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Allowance for ECL is included in Other provisions.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2018 474 166 15 26 681
Transfer between stages 27 (29) - 2 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
(36) 12 6 - (18)
Write-backs
- - - (3) (3)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
8 2 - (2) 8
As at 30 September 2019
473 151 21 23 668
2018 Provision for credit impairment disclosures under AASB 139
The below disclosure does not reflect the adoption of AASB 9 and is prepared under the requirements of the previous AASB 139.
Net loans and
advances
Off-balance sheet
credit related
commitmentsTotal
201820182018
Provision for credit impairment $m $m $m
Individual provision
Balance at start of year 1,118 18 1,136
New and increased provisions 1,426 18 1,444
Write-backs (425)-(425)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) (1,224) - (1,224)
Other
1
(1)(10)(11)
Total individual provision
89426920
Collective provision
Balance at start of year 2,118 544 2,662
Charge/(release) to profit or loss (34) (51) (85)
Other
2
(61) 7(54)
Total collective provision
2,0235002,523
Total provision for credit impairment
2,9175263,443
1.
Other individual provision includes the impact of the sale completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth business divestment in 2018. It includes an adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations and the impact of
discount unwind on individual provisions.
2.
Other collective provision includes the impact of the sale completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth business divestment, and an adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
138
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
139
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES (continued)
CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGE - INCOME STATEMENT
Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis under AASB 9
2019
$m
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
1
- Collectively assessed
16
- Individually assessed
1,374
Write-backs
(385)
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off
(212)
Total credit impairment charge
793
Less: credit impairment charge/(release) from discontinued operations
(1)
Total credit impairment charge from continuing operations 794
1.
Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.
The contractual amount outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the period ended 30 September 2019 and that are still subject to
enforcement activity is $212 million.
2018 Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis under AASB 139
The below disclosures do not reflect the adoption of AASB 9 and are prepared under the requirements of the previous AASB 139.
2018
$m
New and increased individual provisions
1,444
Write-backs
(425)
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off
(246)
Individually assessed credit impairment charge
773
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (85)
Credit impairment charge 688
139
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
140
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
(continued)
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Policy applicable from 1 October 2018
EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS IMPAIRMENT MODEL
The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased, probability weighted prediction which evaluates a range of scenarios and
takes into account the time value of money, past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
Expected credit losses are either measured over 12 months or the expected lifetime of the financial asset, depending on credit
deterioration since origination, according to the following three-stage approach:
Stage 1: At the origination of a financial asset, and where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since origination, an
allowance equivalent to 12 months ECL is recognised reflecting the expected credit losses resulting from default events that are possible
within the next 12 months from the reporting date. For instruments with a remaining maturity of less than 12 months, expected credit
losses are estimated based on default events that are possible over the remaining time to maturity.
Stage 2: Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination, an allowance equivalent to lifetime ECL is recognised
reflecting expected credit losses resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. If credit risk
were to improve in a subsequent period such that the increase in credit risk since origination is no longer considered significant, the
exposure returns to a Stage 1 classification and a 12 month ECL applies.
Stage 3: Where there is objective evidence of impairment, an allowance equivalent to lifetime ECL is recognised.
Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for exposures in Stage 1 and Stage 2, and on either a collective or individual basis
when transferred to Stage 3.
MEASUREMENT OF EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS
ECL is calculated as the product of the following credit risk factors at a facility level, discounted to incorporate the time value of money:
Probability of default (PD) - the estimate of the likelihood that a borrower will default over a given period;
Exposure at default (EAD) - the expected balance sheet exposure at default taking into account repayments of principal and interest,
expected additional drawdowns and accrued interest; and
Loss given default (LGD) - the expected loss in the event of the borrower defaulting, expressed as a percentage of the facility's EAD,
taking into account direct and indirect recovery costs.
These credit risk factors are adjusted for current and forward looking information through the use of macro-economic variables.
EXPECTED LIFE
When estimating ECL for exposures in Stage 2 and 3, the Group considers the expected lifetime over which it is exposed to credit risk.
For non-retail portfolios, the Group uses the maximum contractual period as the expected lifetime for non-revolving credit facilities. For
non-retail revolving credit facilities, such as corporate lines of credit, the expected life reflects the Group’s contractual right to withdraw a
facility as part of a contractually agreed annual review, after taking into account the applicable notice period.
For retail portfolios, the expected lifetime is determined using beh
avioural term, taking into account expected prepayment behaviour and
substantial modifications.
DEFINITION OF DEFAULT, CREDIT IMPAIRED AND WRITE-OFFS
The definition of default used in measuring expected credit losses is aligned to the definition used for internal credit risk management
purposes across all portfolios. This definition is also in line with the regulatory definition of default. Default occurs when there are indicators
that a debtor is unlikely to fully satisfy contractual credit obligations to the Group, or the exposure is 90 days past due.
Financial assets, including those that are well secured, are considered credit impaired for financial reporting purposes when they default.
When there is no realistic probability of recovery, loans are written off against the related impairment allowance on completion of the
Group’s internal processes and when all reasonably expected recoveries have been collected. In subsequent periods, any recoveries of
amounts previously written-off are credited to credit impairment charge in the income statement.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
140
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
141
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
(continued)
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
MODIFIED FINANCIAL ASSETS
If the terms of a financial asset are modified or an existing financial asset is replaced with a new one for either credit or commercial reasons,
an assessment is made to determine if the changes to the terms of the existing financial asset are considered substantial. This assessment
considers both changes in cash flows arising from the modified terms as well as changes in the overall instrument risk profile; for example,
changes in the principal (credit limit), term, or type of underlying collateral. Where a modification is considered non-substantial, the existing
financial asset is not derecognised and its date of origination continues to be used to determine SICR. Where a modification is considered
substantial, the existing financial asset is derecognised and a new financial asset is recognised at its fair value on the modification date, which
also becomes the date of origination used to determine SICR for this new asset.
SIGNIFICANT INCREASE IN CREDIT RISK (SICR)
Stage 2 assets ar
e those that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since origination. In determining what constitutes a
SICR, the Group considers both qualitative and quantitative information:
i.Internal credit rating grade
For the majority of portfolios, the primary indicator of a SICR is a significant deterioration in the internal credit rating grade of a facility since
origination and is measured by application of thresholds.
For non-retail portfolios, a SICR is determined by comparing the Customer Credit Rating (CCR) applicable to a facility at reporting date to
the CCR at origination of that facility. A CCR is assigned to each borrower which reflects the probability of default of the borrower and
incorporates both borrower and non-borrower specific information, including forward looking information. CCRs are subject to review at
least annually or more frequently when an event occurs which could affect the credit risk of the customer.
For retail portfolios, a SICR is determined by comparing each facility’s scenario weighted lifetime probability of default at the reporting
date to the scenario weighted lifetime probability of default at origination. The scenario weighted lifetime probability of default may
increase significantly if:
there has been a deterioration in the economic outlook, or an increase in economic uncertainty; or
there has been a deterioration in the customer’s overall credit position, or ability to manage their credit obligations.
ii.Backstop criteria
The Group uses 30 days past due arrears as a backstop criteria for both non-retail and retail portfolios. For retail portfolios only, facilities are
required to demonstrate three to six months of good payment behaviour prior to being allocated back to Stage 1.
FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION
Forward-looking information is incorporated into both our assessment of whether a financial asset has experienced a significant increase in
credit risk since its initial recognition and in our estimate of ECL. In applying forward looking information for estimating ECL, the Group
considers four probability-weighted forecast economic scenarios as follows:
i.Base case scenario
The base case scenario is ANZ’s view of the most likely future macro-economic conditions. It reflects management’s assumptions used for
strategic planning and budgeting, and also informs the Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) which is the process
the Group applies in strategic and capital planning over a 3 year time horizon;
ii.Upside and iii. Downside scenarios
The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the
economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and
pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic events and uncertainty over long term horizons; and
iv.Severe downside scenario
The severe downside scenario is fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions and accounts for the potentially severe impact
of less likely extremely adverse economic conditi
ons. It reflects macro-economic conditions of a downturn economic event with a
probability of occurrence once every 25 years.
The four scenarios are described in terms of macro-economic variables used in the PD, LGD and EAD models (collectively the ECL models)
depending on the portfolio and country of the borrower. Examples of the variables include unemployment rates, GDP growth rates, house
price indices, commercial property price indices and consumer price indices.
141
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
142
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
(continued)
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case
scenario, as well as specific portfolio considerations where required. The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is responsible for
reviewing and approving the base case forecast scenario and the Credit and Market Risk Committee (CMRC) approves the probability
weights applied to each scenario.
Where applicable, temporary adjustments may be made to account for situations where known or expected risks have not been adequately
addressed in the modelling process. CMRC is responsible for approving such adjustments.
ECL Sensitivity
The table below illustrates the impact on the Group’s ECL allowance under scenarios where a 100% weighting is applied to both upside and
downside scenarios with all other modelling assumptions remaining constant.
Total ECL
$m
Impact
$m
100% upside scenario 2,384 (993)
100% downside scenario 5,334 1,956
Policy applicable prior to 1 October 2018
The Group recognises two types of impairment provisions for its loans and advances:
Individual provisions for significant assets that are assessed to be impaired; and
Collective provisions for portfolios of similar assets that are assessed collectively for impairment.
The accounting treatment for each of them is detailed below:
Individually
Collectively
Assessment
If any impaired loans and advances exceed specified
thresholds and an impairment event has been
identified, then we assess the need for a provision
individually.
To allow for any small value loans and advances where
losses may have been incurred but not yet identified,
and individually significant loans and advances that
we do not assess as impaired, we assess them
collectively in pools of assets with similar credit risk
characteristics.
Impairment
Loans and advances are assessed as impaired if we
have objective evidence that we may not recover
principal or interest payments (that is, a loss event has
been incurred).
We estimate the provision on the basis of historical
loss experience for assets with similar credit risk
characteristics to others in the respective collective
pool. We adjust the historical loss experience based on
current observable data – such as: changing
economic conditions, the impact of the inherent risk
of large concentrated losses within the portfolio and
an assessment of the economic cycle.
Measurement
We measure impairment loss as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and estimated future cash
flows discounted to their present value at the asset’s original effective interest rate. We record the result as an
expense in profit or loss in the period we identify the impairment and recognise a corresponding reduction in the
carrying amount of loans and advances through an offsetting provision.
Uncollectable
amounts
If a loan or advance is uncollectable (whether partially or in full), then we write off the balance (and also any related
provision for credit impairment).
We write off unsecured retail facilities at the earlier of the facility becoming 180 days past due, or the customer’s
bankruptcy or similar legal release from the obligation to repay the loan or advance. For secured facilities, write offs
occur net of the proceeds determined to be recoverable from the realisation of collateral.
Recoveries
If we recover any cash flows from loans and advances we have previously written off, then we recognise the
recovery in profit or loss in the period the cash flows are received.
Off-balance
sheet amounts
Any off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments, are considered for impairment both on an individual and
collective basis.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
142
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
143
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
(continued)
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Applicable from 1 October 2018
When estimating the allowance for expected credit losses for loans and advances, we used management’s judgement in respect of the
matters outlined below.
Key Judgements
Determining when
a significant
increase in credit
risk has occurred
In the measurement of ECL,
judgement is involved in setting the rules to determine whether there has
been a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since initial recognition of a loan, resulting in the financial
asset moving from ‘stage 1’ to ‘stage 2’. This is a key area of judgement as transition from stage 1 to stage
2 increases the ECL calculation from an allowance based on the probability of default in the next 12
months, to an allowance for lifetime expected credit losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk
combined with transition from stage 2 to stage 1 may similarly result in significant changes in the ECL
allowance.
The setting of precise trigger points requires judgement which may have a material impact upon the
size of the ECL allowance. The Group monitors the effectiveness of SICR criteria on an ongoing basis.
Measuring both
12-month and
lifetime credit
losses
The PD, LGD, and EAD credit ris
k parameters used in determining ECL are point-in-time measures
reflecting the relevant forward looking information determined by management. Judgement is involved
in determining which forward-looking information variables are relevant for particular lending portfolios
and for determining each portfolio’s point-in-time sensitivity.
In addition, judgement is required where behavioural characteristics are applied in estimating the
lifetime of a facility to be used in measuring ECL. All other things being equal, an increase in the
expected behavioural life will increase the amount of ECL.
Forecasting
forward-looking
scenarios
Our forecast of forward looking information variables is established from a “base case” or most likely
scenario that is used internally by management for planning and forecasting purposes.
The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for the base case scenario as at 30 September 2019 are
as follows:
Australia
The unemployment rate is expected to remain essentially flat and GDP growth to improve modestly
over the forecast period, with residential property values expected to improve after a period of decline.
Commercial property prices are expected to decline slightly through the forecast period. Consumer
price index growth is expected to rise from current levels.
New Zealand
GDP growth is forecast to improve modestly over the forecast period, with the unemployment rate
remaining stable. Residential property values are expected to achieve modest levels of growth.
Commercial property prices are expected to grow, however, the growth rate is expected to be modest
through the forecast period. The consumer price index is expected to rise modestly.
Rest of world
GDP growth is forecast to taper lower in the near term due to uncertainty in the global outlook. Inflation
is also expected to remain soft over the forecast period to 2020.
Probability
weighting of each
scenario
Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and
uncertainties surrounding the base case scenario, as well as specific portfolio considerations where
required.
Management
temporary
adjustments
Management temporary adjustments to the ECL allowance are adjustments we use in circumstances
where we judge that our existing inputs, assumptions and model techniques do not capture all the risk
factors relevant to our lending portfolios. Emerging local or global macroeconomic, microeconomic or
political events, and natural disasters that are not incorporated into our current parameters, risk ratings,
or forward-looking information are examples of such circumstances.
The use of management temporary adjustments may impact the amount of ECL recognised.
143
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
144
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
(continued)
KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Applicable prior to 1 October 2018
When we measured impairment of loans and advances, we used management’s judgement of the extent of losses at reporting date.
Individually Collectively
Key Judgements
Estimated future cash flows
Business prospects for the customer
Realisable value of any collateral
Group’s position relative to other claimants
Reliability of customer information
Likely cost and duration of recovering loans
Estimated future cash flows
Historical loss experience of assets with
similar risk characteristics
Impact of large concentrated losses
inherent in the portfolio
Assessment of the economic cycle
We regularly reviewed our key judgements and updated them to reflect actual loss experience.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Outlined below is a description of how we classify and measure financial liabilities relevant to the subsequent note disclosures.
CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost, or fair value through profit or loss when they are held for trading. Additionally, financial
liabilities can be designated at FVTPL where:
the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise;
a group of financial liabilities are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk
management strategy; or
the financial liability contains one or more embedded derivatives unless:
a) the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract, or
b) the embedded derivative is closely related to the host financial liability.
Where financial liabilities are designated as measured at fair value, gains or losses relating to changes in the entity’s own credit risk are included in
other comprehensive income, except where doing so would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. This section of AASB 9
was early adopted by the Group on 1 October 2013.
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
144
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
145
14. DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
20192018
$m$m
Certificates of deposit
36,646
42,746
Term deposits
227,087
214,682
On demand and short term deposits
256,264
245,449
Deposits not bearing interest
28,342
26,289
Deposits from banks & securities sold under repurchase agreements
77,526
72,691
Commercial paper and other borrowings
1
11,812
17,872
Deposits and other borrowings (including liabilities reclassified as held for sale)
637,677
619,729
Less: Deposits and other borrowings reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)
-
(1,579)
Deposits and other borrowings
637,677
618,150
Residual contractual maturity:
Within one year
630,373
606,175
More than one year
7,304
11,975
Deposits and other borrowings
637,677
618,150
Carried on Balance Sheet at:
Amortised cost
635,376
615,818
Fair value through profit or loss (designated on initial recognition)
2,301
2,332
Deposits and other borrowings
637,677
618,150
1.
Other borrowings related to secured investments of the consolidated subsidiary UDC Finance Limited (UDC) of NZD 0.1 billion (2018: NZD 0.9 billion) which are secured by a security interest over all the
assets of UDC of NZD 3.5 billion (2018: NZD 3.3 billion).
RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
For deposits and other borrowings that:
are not designated at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition, we measure them at amortised cost and recognise their
interest expense using the effective interest rate method; and
are managed on a fair value basis, reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch or contain an embedded derivative, we designated
them as fair value through profit or loss.
Refer to Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities for details of the split between amortised cost and fair value.
For deposits and other borrowings designated at fair value we recognise the amount of fair value gain or loss attributable to changes in the
Group’s own credit risk in other comprehensive income in retained earnings. Any remaining amount of fair value gain or loss we recognise
directly in profit or loss. Once we have recognised an amount in other comprehensive income, we do not later reclassify it to profit or loss.
Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent a liability to repurchase the financial assets that remain on our balance sheet since
the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the Group. Over the life of the repurchase agreement, we recognise the difference
between the sale price and the repurchase price and charge it to interest expense in the Income Statement.
●
● Ter m deposits
Certicates of deposit
● On demand and short
ter m deposits
● Deposits not bearing inter est
● Deposits from banks &
securities sold under
repurchase agreements
● Commercial paper and
other borrowings
1
256,264
28,342
77,526
11,812
20192018
36,646
227,087
42,746
214,682
245,449
26,289
72,691
17,872
145
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
146
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
15. DEBT ISSUANCES
The Group uses a variety of funding programmes to issue senior debt (including covered bonds and securitisations) and subordinated debt. The
difference between senior debt and subordinated debt is that holders of senior debt take priority over holders of subordinated debt owed by the
relevant issuer. In the winding up of the relevant issuer, the subordinated debt will be repaid by the relevant issuer only after the repayment of claims
of depositors, other creditors and the senior debt holders.
20192018
$m$m
Senior debt
89,737
86,193
Covered bonds
20,957
17,846
Securitisation
2,411
1,232
Total unsubordinated debt
113,105
105,271
Subordinated debt
- Additional Tier 1 capital
8,171
7,917
- Tier 2 capital
8,415
7,991
Total subordinated debt
16,586
15,908
Total debt issued 129,691
121,179
TOTAL DEBT ISSUED BY CURRENCY
The table below shows the Group’s issued debt by currency of issue, which broadly represents the debt holders’ base location.
20192018
$m$m
USD United States dollars
45,841
49,610
EUR Euro
26,200
23,239
AUD Australian dollars
39,273
29,477
NZD New Zealand dollars
5,130
5,673
JPY Japanese yen
3,312
3,471
CHF Swiss francs
1,501
2,067
GBP Pounds sterling
4,720
3,776
HKD Hong Kong dollars
1,446
1,157
Other Chinese yuan, Norwegian krone, Singapore dollars, Indonesian rupiah and Canadian dollars
2,268
2,709
Total debt issued
129,691
121,179
Residual contractual maturity
1
:
Within one year
20,803
21,585
More than one year
106,963
97,938
No maturity date (instruments in perpetuity)
1,925
1,656
Total debt issued
129,691
121,179
1.
Based on the final maturity date or, in the case of Additional Tier 1 capital securities, the mandatory conversion date (if any).
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
146
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
147
15. DEBT ISSUANCES (continued)
SUBORDINATED DEBT
Subordinated debt qualifies as regulatory capital for the Group and is classified as either Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital or Tier 2 capital for APRA’s
capital adequacy purposes depending on their terms and conditions:
AT1 capital: perpetual capital instruments such as:
ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN);
ANZ Capital Securities (ANZ CS); and
ANZ NZ Capital Notes (ANZ NZ CN).
Tier 2 capital: perpetual or term subordinated notes.
Tier 2 capital instruments rank ahead of AT1 capital instruments and AT1 capital instruments only rank ahead of ordinary shares, in a liquidation of the
issuer.
AT1 CAPITAL
All outstanding AT1 capital instruments are Basel III fully compliant instruments (refer to Note 23 Capital Management for further information about
Basel III). Each of the ANZ CN and ANZ CS rank equally with each other.
Distributions on the AT1 capital instruments are non-cumulative and subject to the issuer’s absolute discretion and certain payment conditions
(including regulatory requirements). Distributions on ANZ CNs are franked in line with the franking applied to ANZ ordinary shares.
Where specified, the AT1 capital instruments provide the issuer with an early redemption or conversion option on a specified date and in certain other
circumstances (such as a tax or regulatory event). This option is subject to APRA’s and, in respect of the ANZ NZ CN, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s
(RBNZ) prior written approval.
Each of the AT1 capital instruments will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares (based on the average market price of the
shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount, subject to a maximum conversion number of ANZ ordinary shares) if:
ANZ’s or, in the case of the ANZ NZ CN, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited’s (ANZ NZ) Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than
5.125% - known as a Common Equity Capital Trigger Event; or
APRA notifies the Company that, without the conversion or write-off of certain securities or a public sector injection of capital (or equivalent
support), it considers that the Company would become non-viable or, in the case of the ANZ NZ CN, the RBNZ directs ANZ NZ to convert or write-
off the notes or a statutory manager is appointed to ANZ NZ and decides that ANZ NZ must convert or write-off the notes – known as a Non-
Viability Trigger Event.
Where specified, AT1 capital instruments mandatorily convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares (based on the average market price of
the shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount):
on a specified mandatory conversion date; or
on an earlier date und
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.